Quarterlytics / Industrials / Electrical Equipment & Parts / Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.

Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.

optt · AMEX Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker optt
Exchange AMEX
Sector Industrials
Industry Electrical Equipment & Parts
Employees 43
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
DEAR FELLOW SHAREHOLDER:

Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. (OPT) is at an important turning point on its evolutionary path from a 

“big idea” research and development company to a fully marketable solutions provider. Despite notable 

commercial success over the past few years, our progression toward our objective of sustainable revenue and 

profitability has been lengthy. Though we remain committed to achieving this objective, we continue to pursue 

strategic shifts that accelerate our progress on this path.

SOLUTIONS FOCUS 

As we navigate a rapidly changing business landscape created in part by the worldwide COVID-19 pandemic 

and attempts to respond to and limit its impacts, we are focused on developing solutions for the markets that 

need them. Since pivoting in 2015 from grid-connected wave energy conversion research and development 

to autonomous offshore power and communications solutions, we have developed and commercialized the 

Company’s first product, the PB3 PowerBuoy®. In fiscal 2020, this led to the first product sale in company 

history and the subsequent introduction of two complementary new products, the hybrid PowerBuoy® and 
OPT’s Subsea Battery. In addition, this past summer, we deployed our hybrid PowerBuoy® off the coast of 

New Jersey, and we announced the launch of our Marine Surveillance Solution that integrates state-of-the-art 

security sensors and software with our autonomous PowerBuoys® to monitor over 1600 square miles of ocean 

surface activity. 

However, customers do not approach OPT seeking a product; instead, they seek engineered solutions to 

their complex problems. As offshore industries and marine agencies continue to embrace what OPT has 

envisioned—an ocean-based renewable energy transition enabling autonomous data gathering and marine 

intervention—we devote our time and technical resources to developing new and unique solutions that use 

our impressive suite of market-driven products at their core.

NEW MARKETS 

While OPT continues to focus on servicing customers within offshore oil and gas, defense, maritime security, 

and science and research, we are working to penetrate new markets that we believe will benefit from our 

autonomous power and communications solutions. For instance, illegal, unreported, and unregulated (IUU) 

fishing has severe global economic and environmental impacts. As a result, governments are seeking out new 

tools to monitor, interdict, and prosecute IUU activity in heavily fished and marine protected areas. We believe 

OPT’s Marine Surveillance Solution is well suited to address these needs, using advanced communications 

networks, such as multiple integrated units, to relay actionable intelligence throughout territorial waters.

COMMERCIAL LEADERSHIP 

In the past year, OPT has added new and experienced professionals to the senior leadership team to guide 

business development, sales, and marketing efforts. Our growing commercial team is expanding OPT’s 

reach in new areas of the world, while our new regional office in Houston, Texas, fortifies our commitment to 

developing opportunities in the United States. In just over one year, OPT has more than tripled its commercial 

focus through new or recently reassigned commercial roles. We are also leveraging expert industry consultants 

to find potential end-users in new target markets that might benefit from our solutions.

STRATEGIC GROWTH 

As part of our commercial efforts, OPT is leveraging partnerships that drive innovation, increase value 

proposition, and position the Company for success in new and established markets. Partnerships are an 

important way to expand technical and operational capabilities, develop new organic revenue channels 

through joint marketing efforts, and complement current value propositions.

Alongside our expanding organic commercial efforts, we have initiated a new strategy to further strengthen 

value propositions, supplement revenue streams, and augment cash flow through appropriate acquisitions.  

We will continue to selectively evaluate other entities that may bring strategic synergies, complementary 

solutions, and thought leadership to broaden our offerings and bring greater value to customers.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

OPT continually seeks to deepen its expertise across multiple facets of the offshore industry, finance, and 

corporate governance. At this year’s shareholder meeting, OPT is introducing several new nominees to join the 

Board, each of which provides decades of experience leading complex businesses, including work in offshore 

environments in remote parts of the world where OPT seeks to operate. We encourage our shareholders to 

review their relevant and successful backgrounds.

We are confident that a refreshed and refocused strategy positions OPT to deliver shareholder value in FY2021 

and for the long-term. We remain committed to strengthening OPT’s position as a world leader in autonomous 

offshore power solutions.

Sincerely yours,

George H. Kirby 

President and Chief Executive Officer

Terence J. Cryan 

Chairman of the Board

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

Form 10-K 

[X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2020 

or 

[  ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from          to           . 

Commission File Number 001-33417 

Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

22-2535818 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

28 ENGELHARD DRIVE, SUITE B 
MONROE TOWNSHIP, NJ 08831 
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (609) 730-0400 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock, par value $0.001 

Name of Exchange on Which Registered 
The Nasdaq Capital Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [  ] No [X] 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes [  ] 

No [X] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) 
has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [  ] 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted 
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant 
was required to submit such files). Yes [X] No [  ] 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller 
reporting  company  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting 
company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer [  ] 

Accelerated filer [  ] 

Non-accelerated filer [  ] 

Smaller reporting company [X] 
Emerging growth company [  ] 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for 

complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.[  ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness 
of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public 
accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. [X] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes [  ] No [X] 

The aggregate market value of the common stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates as of October 31, 2019, the last business day 
of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $9.3 million based on the closing sale price of the registrant’s common 
stock on that date as reported on the Nasdaq Capital Market. 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of June 23, 2020 was 17,120,565. 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 
Business .................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1. 
Item 1A.  Risk Factors ............................................................................................................................................  
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments ..................................................................................................................  
Properties ...............................................................................................................................................  
Item 2. 
Legal Proceedings ..................................................................................................................................  
Item 3. 
Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures.........................................................................................................................  

PART II 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 

Equity Securities ....................................................................................................................................  
Item 6. 
Selected Financial Data ..........................................................................................................................  
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .................  
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ...............................................................  
Item 8. 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ......................................................................................  
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure .................  
Item 9. 
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures ........................................................................................................................  
Item 9B.  Other Information ...................................................................................................................................  

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance .....................................................................  
Item 11.  Executive Compensation ........................................................................................................................  
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 

Matters ...................................................................................................................................................  
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence .......................................  
Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services ................................................................................................  

Page 

1 
13 
26 
26 
26 
27 

28 
28 
29 
39 
39 
39 
39 
40 

41 
44 

51 
53 
53 

PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ................................................................................................  

54 

PowerBuoy® and the Ocean Power Technologies logo are trademarks of Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. All 

other trademarks appearing in this annual report are the property of their respective holders. 

i 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 

We have made statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Annual Report”) in, among other sections, 
Item 1 - “Business,” Item 1A - “Risk Factors,” Item 3 - “Legal Proceedings,” and Item 7 - “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  that  are  forward-looking  statements.  Forward-looking 
statements convey our current expectations or forecasts of future events. Forward-looking statements include statements 
regarding our future financial position, business strategy, budgets, projected costs, plans and objectives of management for 
future  operations.  The  words  “may,”  “continue,”  “estimate,”  “intend,”  “plan,”  “will,”  “believe,”  “project,”  “expect,” 
“anticipate” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not 
necessarily mean that a statement is not forward-looking. 

Any or all of our forward-looking statements in this Annual Report may turn out to be inaccurate. We have based 
these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that 
we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. They may be 
affected by inaccurate assumptions we might make or unknown risks and uncertainties, including the risks, uncertainties 
and assumptions described in Item 1A - “Risk Factors.” In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-
looking events and circumstances discussed in this Annual Report may not occur as contemplated and actual results could 
differ materially from those anticipated or implied by the forward-looking statements. 

You should not unduly rely on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this filing. 
Unless required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect 
new information or future events or otherwise. 

Our fiscal year begins on May 1 and ends on April 30. When we refer to a particular fiscal year, we are referring 

to the fiscal year ending on April 30 of that year. References to fiscal 2020 are to the fiscal year ended April 30, 2020. 

Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms “Company,” “Ocean Power Technologies,” “OPT,” “we,” “our” 

or “us” as used herein refers to Ocean Power Technologies Inc. and its subsidiaries. 

ii 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS 

Overview 

PART I 

Ocean Power Technologies aspires to transform the world through innovative ocean-energy solutions. We are a 
marine power solutions provider that designs, manufactures, sells, and services our products while working closely with 
partners  that  provide  payloads,  integration  services,  and  marine  installation  services.  Our  solutions  provide  distributed 
offshore power which is persistent, reliable, and economical along with power and communications for remote surface and 
subsea applications. Our mission and purpose is to utilize our proprietary, state-of-the-art technologies to reduce the global 
carbon footprint by providing renewable energy solutions for reliable electrical power and, in so doing, drive demand for 
our products and services, thus realizing positive stockholder returns. 

We also continue to develop and commercialize our proprietary systems that generate electricity by harnessing 
the  renewable  energy  of  ocean  waves  for  our  PowerBuoy®,  and  solar  power  for  our  newest  product,  the  hybrid 
PowerBuoy® (the “hybrid”). The PB3 PowerBuoy® (the “PB3”) uses proprietary technologies that convert the kinetic 
energy  created  by  the  heaving  motion of ocean  waves  into  electricity.  Based on feedback from our current customers, 
discussions with potential future customers in the offshore oil and gas, defense and security, science and research, and 
communications, as well as government applications in fishery protection, together with our market research and publicly 
available data, we believe that numerous markets have a direct need for our solutions. While our recent projects have been 
in the oil and gas industry, we believe there is an increasing need for our products and solutions in areas such as fishery 
protection,  offshore  windfarm  support,  marine  surveillance,  and  ocean-based  laboratories.  We  believe  that  having 
demonstrated the capability of our solutions we can advance our product and services and gain further adoption from our 
target markets. Our marketing efforts are focused on offshore locations that require a cost-efficient solution for renewable, 
reliable  and  persistent  power  and  communications,  either  by  supplying  electric  power  to  payloads  that  are  integrated 
directly with our product or located in its vicinity, such as on the seabed and in the water column. We believe we are the 
leader in offshore autonomous ocean wave power conversion technology which provides renewable power for offshore 
operations that were previously difficult to decarbonize. 

Our achievements during fiscal 2020 included the Company’s first commercial sale of a PB3 to Enel Green Power 
(“EGP”). We continued work on projects with Premier Oil (“PMO”) and Eni S.p.A. (“Eni”) and commenced work with 
the U.S. Navy Small Business Innovation Research (“U.S. SBIR”) program, and a leading oil & gas operator. During the 
fiscal year, the Company continued development of the hybrid and its subsea battery solutions. The Company also signed 
a  memorandum  of  understanding  with  Modus  Seabed  Intervention  Ltd.  (“Modus”)  to  develop  and  deliver  innovative 
solutions including a combined Autonomous Underwater Vehicle (“AUV”) charging station which will be able to utilize 
the PowerBuoy® system for topside charging and communications. 

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of New Jersey in April 1984 and began commercial operations 

in 1994. On April 23, 2007, we reincorporated in Delaware. 

Our Products 

PB3 PowerBuoy® 

The PB3 generates electricity by harnessing the renewable energy of ocean waves. In addition to our PB3, we 
continue to develop our PowerBuoy® product line including our turnkey surveillance system, the hybrid and the subsea 
battery. 

The PB3 features a unique onboard power take-off (“PTO”) system, which incorporates both energy storage and 
energy management and control systems. The PB3 generates a nominal name-plated capacity rating of up to a nominal 3 
kilowatts  of  peak  power  during  recharging  of  the  onboard  batteries.  Power  generation  is  deployment-site  dependent 
whereby  average  power  generated  can  increase  substantially  at  very  active  sites.  Our  standard  energy  storage  system 
(“ESS”) has an energy capacity of up to a nominal 150 kilowatt-hours to meet specific application requirements. We believe 
there is a substantial addressable market for the current capabilities of our PB3, which we believe could be utilized in a 
variety of applications. 

The PB3 is designed to generate power for use independent of the power grid in remote offshore locations. The 
hull consists of a main spar structure loosely moored to the seabed and surrounded by a floating annular-structure that can 
freely move up and down in response to the passage of the waves. The PTO system includes a mechanical actuating system, 
an electrical generator, a power electronics system, our control system, and our ESS which is sealed within the hull. As 
ocean waves pass the PB3, the mechanical stroke action created by the rising and falling of the waves is converted into 
rotational mechanical energy by the PTO, which in turn, drives the electric generator. The power electronics system then 
conditions the electrical output which is collected within an ESS. The operation of the PB3 is controlled by our customized, 
proprietary control system. 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  control  system  uses  sensors  and  an  onboard  computer  to  continuously  monitor  the  PB3  subsystems.  We 
believe that this ability to optimize and manage the electric power output of the PB3 is a significant advantage of our 
technology. In the event of large storm waves, the control system automatically locks the PB3 and electricity generation is 
suspended. However, the load center (either the on-board payload or one in the vicinity of the PB3 may continue to receive 
power from the ESS. When wave heights return to normal operating conditions, the control system automatically unlocks 
the PB3 and electricity generation and ESS replenishment recommences. This safety feature helps to prevent the PB3 from 
being damaged by storms. 

The PB3 can be transported over land to the deployment port using conventional transportation methods. Once at 
port, the PB3 can be lifted into the water or onboard a vessel using a readily available crane of appropriate capacity. The 
PB3 may then be towed to site using a standard vessel (if the location is within an appropriate distance from the port), or 
the PB3 may be carried aboard a vessel to its offshore location and craned into the water at site. The PB3 is then attached 
to the mooring system, which is installed during a separate operation, after which a brief commissioning process places the 
PB3 into operation. 

We believe that using wave energy for electricity generation has the following potential benefits, compared to 

existing incumbent solutions. 

●  Scalability within a small site area. Due to the dense energy in ocean waves, we believe that 
the electricity may be aggregated to supply electricity to larger payloads as a result of multiple 
PB3 which are placed in an array, occupying a relatively small area. We believe the array of a 
larger number of PB3 could offer end users a variety of advantages in availability, reliability 
and scalability. 

●  Predictability. The generation of power from wave energy can be forecasted several days in 
advance. Available wave energy can be calculated with a high degree of accuracy based on 
satellite images and meteorological data, even when the wave field is hundreds of miles away 
and days from reaching a PB3. Therefore, we believe end-users relying on PB3 for power may 
be able to proactively plan their logistics, payload scheduling and other operational activities 
based on such data. 

●  Constant source of energy. The annual occurrence of waves at specific sites can be relatively 
constant  and  defined  with  relatively  high  accuracy.  Based  on  our  studies  and  analyses  of 
various sites of interest, we believe that we will be able to deploy our PB3 in locations where 
the waves could produce usable electricity for the majority of the year. 

Based on our market research and publicly available data, including but not limited to the U.S. Department of 
Energy (“DOE”) 2019 Powering the Blue Economy Report, the Westwood Energy World ROV Operations Forecast 2019-
2023, and the World Bank Database, we believe that numerous markets have a direct need for our PB3 including offshore 
oil and gas, defense and security, science and research and communications, as well as government applications in fishery 
protection. Depending on payload power requirements, sensor types and other considerations, we have found that our PB3 
could  satisfy  several  application  requirements  within  these  markets.  We  believe  that  the  PB3  consistently  generates 
sufficient power to meet the requirements of many potential customer applications within our target markets, and that the 
hybrid could provide ample power in geographies where wave conditions may not be sufficient to allow the PB3 to generate 
sufficient power on its own for load center requirements. 

hybrid PowerBuoy® 

The Company has created a hybrid PowerBuoy® that is a solar powered and liquid-fueled surface buoy, compared 
to the wave power generating PB3. The hybrid is powered primarily through solar panels with liquid-fueled back-up and 
is capable of providing reliable power in remote offshore locations, regardless of ocean wave conditions. We believe this 
product is to be highly complementary to the PB3 by providing the Company the opportunity to address a broader spectrum 
of customer deployment needs, including low-wave environments, with the potential for greater product integration within 
each customer project. It is primarily intended for shorter term deployment applications such as electric remotely operated 
vehicle  (“eROV”)  or  (“ROV”)  and  AUV  inspections  and  short-term  maintenance,  topside  surveillance  and 
communications, and subsea equipment and controls. The hybrid is anticipated to be quickly deployable and cost-effective 
solution. The design has a high payload capacity for communications and surveillance, with the capability of being tethered 
to subsea payloads such as batteries, or with a conventional anchor mooring system. The hybrid generates power from both 
an  array  of  solar  panels  and  an  efficient,  clean  burning  1kW  Stirling  engine  fueled  by  liquid  propane  (or  biofuel  for 
Generation 2). This energy is stored in onboard batteries which power the aforementioned subsea and topside payloads. 
The Company has designed the hybrid with a Stirling engine backup system to outperform traditional diesel buoys, which 
we believe have more frequent service and refueling intervals and higher carbon intensities. We believe the hybrid will be 
able to operate over a broad range of temperature and ocean wave conditions than existing diesel buoys. 

2 

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
The towable, boat-shaped hull design of the hybrid is appropriate for deployment anywhere in the world. Power 
is generated independent of wave activity, making it a perfect solution for providing power through extreme weather and 
in heaving seas, or in calm, low wave environments and is complimentary to the PB3. 

As with the PB3, the control system uses sensors and an onboard computer to continuously monitor the hybrid 
subsystems. We believe that this ability to optimize and manage the electric power output of the hybrid is a significant 
advantage of our technology. In the event of extended cloudy periods, the control system automatically switches electricity 
generation from the solar panels to the backup engine. However, the load center, either the on-board payload or one in the 
vicinity of the hybrid, may continue to receive power from the on-board ESS. When more suitable solar power generation 
conditions return, the control system automatically stops the backup up engine and ESS replenishment recommences by 
way of solar electricity generation. 

The hybrid is designed for use with a single point umbilical and mooring but can be adapted for a 3-point mooring 

installation for use as a temporary replacement for PB3 installations during planned maintenance or repairs. 

The hybrid can be transported over land to the deployment port using conventional transportation methods. Once 
at port, the hybrid can be lifted into the water or onboard a vessel using a readily available crane of appropriate capacity. 
The hybrid may then be towed to site using a standard vessel (if the location is within an appropriate distance from the 
port), or the hybrid may be carried aboard a vessel to its offshore location and craned into the water at site. The hybrid is 
then  attached  to  the  single  point  mooring  system,  which  is  installed  during  a  separate  operation,  after  which  a  brief 
commissioning process places the hybrid into operation. 

The hybrid is configured with a nominal 30 kilowatt-hours of battery energy storage and over 1 megawatt-hour 
of  stored  energy  in  the  propane  system. While  the  batteries  are  primarily  charged  through  solar  power  generation,  the 
propane powered Stirling engine system on the hybrid can be considered reserve energy storage, with propane having a 
much higher energy storage density than lithium-ion batteries. It can be utilized when needed based on load demand and 
will provide approximately 1megawatt-hour of stored energy capacity. Our research suggests this amount of stored energy 
offers an attractive local, autonomous energy solution for clients in a range of industries, including but not limited to oil 
and gas and marine observation, particularly for shorter term deployments. 

Subsea Battery 

We are also developing a subsea battery that is complementary to both of our PowerBuoy® products and can be 
deployed together with our PowerBuoys® or on its own. It offers customers the option of placing additional modular and 
expandable energy storage on the seabed near existing or to be installed subsea equipment. Our lithium ion subsea batteries 
supply power that can enable subsea equipment, sensors, communications and AUV and eROV recharge. Our range of 
PowerBuoys®  is  complimentary  to  the  subsea  batteries  by  providing  a  means  for  recharging  during  longer  term 
deployments, or the batteries can be used independently for shorter term deployments. Ideal for many remote offshore 
customer applications, these subsea batteries are anticipated to be high performance, cost-efficient, and quickly deployable. 
The subsea battery solutions are currently undergoing prototyping. 

The subsea battery has been designed to provide continuous and/or short-term power supply from its integrated 
energy storage system, enabling us to supply into a range of industries and applications, from backup power to critical 
subsea infrastructure to continuous operation of subsea equipment, such as electric valves. The base design of the subsea 
battery  has  a  nominal  100  kilowatt-hours  of  energy  storage.  The  subsea  battery  can  be  transported  over  land  to  the 
deployment port using conventional transportation methods. Once at port, the subsea battery can be lifted onboard a vessel 
using  a  readily  available  crane  of  appropriate  capacity.  The  battery  can  then  be  carried  aboard  a  vessel  to  its  offshore 
location and craned into the water at site. It comes installed on a ready deployable subsea skid suitable for installation on 
the seabed. The subsea battery can be integrated into other subsea equipment on land prior to deployment. The battery is 
then connected to the other components on the seabed with the use of ROVs or divers. 

Our analysis suggests that the growing demand for electrification of subsea infrastructure, and an increased switch 
to autonomous and renewable solution, offers multiple opportunities for deploying subsea battery powered solutions over 
the next few years. 

Competitive Advantages 

We are commercializing our PB3 and hybrid PowerBuoys® and subsea battery by targeting customers in our 
principal  markets  (offshore  oil  and  gas,  defense  and  security,  science  and  research  and  communications,  as  well  as 
government applications in fishery protection that require reliable and persistent power sources in remote offshore locations 
for short and long-term deployments. We believe that our solutions and our existing commercial relationships provide the 
following competitive advantages in our target markets. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●  Numerous  applications  within  multiple  major  market  segments.  We  have  designed  our  products  to 
address multiple offshore applications around the world. In particular, we are targeting customers with 
multiple applications within the offshore oil  and gas, defense and security, science and research, and 
communications,  as  well  as  government  applications  in  fishery  protection.  Our  PB3  is  designed  for 
longer-term  deployment  in  high  ocean  wave  climates.  Our  hybrid  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of 
customers with projects in low sea state locations and/or those requiring short-term deployments. We 
believe  our  subsea  battery  enables  persistent  power  to  be  delivered  from  the  seabed  to  support 
autonomous,  all-electric  subsea  operations.  Together,  all  these  products  can  be  integrated  to  provide 
customized power solutions for our customers. Our PowerBuoy® products can also act as self-powered 
solution platforms for payloads such as our surveillance package which can provide real-time perimeter 
security, vessel tracking and Exclusion Zone Monitoring® (“EZM”) for government defense and fishery 
protection. 

●  Considerable life-cycle cost savings over current solutions for many applications. Our PB3 is designed 
to  operate  over  extended  intervals  between  required  servicing,  compared  to  several  current  solutions 
which we found to require more servicing using offshore vessels. We believe that our PB3 reduces costs 
over  multi-year  operations  compared  with  current  solutions.  These  cost  reductions  are  mostly  due  to 
reduced vessel and personnel servicing activities. For short term deployments, our hybrid is cost efficient 
means of providing surveillance and subsea power solutions. Our subsea battery can provide power to 
sea floor systems when combined with either the PB3 or hybrid for power regeneration, thus reducing or 
even potentially eliminating the need for manned vessels to replace expended subsea batteries during 
mission life. 

●  Real-time  data  communications.  Some  current  solutions  with  less  available  power  than  our 
PowerBuoys® may have limited communication capabilities or may only be able to communicate data 
over shorter periods due to power limitations. Some current solutions may only make data accessible 
upon  physical  retrieval  of  the  sensor.  Our  PowerBuoys®  can  be  equipped  with  a  variety  of 
communications  equipment,  such  as  4G  LTE,  satellite  (VSAT)  and  Wi-Fi,  which  enables  the 
transmission of data on a more frequent or near-continuous basis. We believe that more frequent data 
communication could enable an end-user to more quickly and proactively make data-driven decisions 
which could result in economic advantages. Real-time data communications is an essential component 
of our EZM surveillance payload, allowing continued autonomous remote monitoring of marine traffic 
from land. 
Increased  power  and  persistence  compared  to  certain  current  solutions.  We  have  found  that  our 
PowerBuoys® may provide substantially increased power and persistence than certain existing battery 
and solar powered systems for long term deployments. We believe that this may allow additional sensors 
to be employed at the same site, a higher sensor data transmission rate to be achieved, extended operation 
and reduced downtime, and improved operational costs for the customer. Enabling these new capabilities 
may contribute to enhanced operations through real-time decision making and increased life-cycle cost 
savings. 

● 

●  Standard transportation and deployment. Our PB3 does not require special handling or transportation, 
and  instead  uses  conventional  transportation  and  handling  methods  that  are  economical  and  readily 
available in standard marine operations. This may result in lower global transportation and deployment 
costs  than  current  solutions.  Our  PB3  can  be  deployed  using  conventional  vessels  and  conventional 
marine cranes and lifts. Our hybrid can be installed without the need of cranes by simply towing it out to 
location. 

●  Modular and scalable designs. Our PB3 and hybrid are designed with a modular ESS which allows us 
to  tailor  its  configuration  to specific  application  requirements,  including  expansion  of energy  storage 
capacity,  potentially  allowing  for  a  more  customized  solution  and  potential  cost  savings  for  our 
customers. We believe that our PB3 is scalable to higher power levels, and multiple PB3 may also be 
installed  in  an  array  in  order  to  achieve  higher  levels  of  aggregate  power,  although  we  have  not  yet 
demonstrated a PB3 array. We believe that the modular design of our subsea battery enables clients to 
specify larger energy storage than would be possible with just buoys and have this placed at the seabed 
and near existing electric subsea equipment. 

●  Flexible  electrical,  mechanical  and  communication  interfaces  for  sensors.  The  PB3  and  hybrid 
PowerBuoys® can be equipped with payloads, either mounted on or within the PowerBuoy®, or tethered 
to  the  PowerBuoy®.  The  PowerBuoys®  have  mechanical  and  electrical  interfaces  which  allow  for 
simplified  integration  of  payloads,  creating  flexibility  for  the  end-user.  Our  subsea  battery  will  have 
specific interfaces for simplified integration with our PowerBuoys® for electric power recharging, as well 
as for surface communications. Our PowerBuoys® will also have standard interfaces for subsea batteries 
of  other  providers  charging  as  well  as  multiple  payloads.  Flexible  interfaces  reduce  cost  through 
simplified integration and deployment. 

4 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
●  Environmentally benign and aesthetically non-intrusive system design. We believe that our PB3 does not 
present significant risks to marine life, or emit significant levels of pollutants, and therefore has minimal 
environmental impact as compared to some other current solutions. We believe there is no significant 
audible impact to the surrounding environment. We believe that our PB3 produces renewable electricity 
through the conversion of renewable ocean wave energy. 

●  Ocean  and  factory-tested  technology.  Our  PB3  is  designed  to  be  durable,  with  a  three-year  interval 
between required maintenance activities. The PB3 has survived hurricanes, tropical storms and North 
Sea  winter  storms.  Since  1997  we  have  conducted  ocean  tests  to  demonstrate  the  viability  of  our 
technology. In 2011, we conducted multiple ocean tests of the predecessor PB3 under a contract with the 
U.S. Navy. More recently, we conducted multiple ocean tests of our current generation PB3. Commercial 
versions of the PB3 have been successfully deployed for MES and Eni. The MES PB3 performed well 
in a challenging shallow-water, high-current environment, and achieved its performance and duration 
objectives. The Eni PB3 deployed in the Adriatic Sea has been in the water for over eighteen months (as 
of  May 2020)  and  has  generated  over  2.5  megawatts  of  energy.  In  2015,  we  instituted  factory-based 
PTO-accelerated life testing which simulates continuous operations under extremely harsh conditions. 
During the 2018 fiscal year, we also implemented additional features to the PB3 design to accommodate 
heavy  topside  payloads  and  seafloor-based  payloads.  Further,  we  continue  to  focus  on  standardizing 
manufacturing and production testing procedures and to work closely with our supply base to ensure 
production repeatability. 

●  Efficient  design  in  harnessing  renewable  energy.  We  have  designed  and  validated  our  PB3  for 
maximized  power  generation  in  average  ocean  wave  conditions  through  optimized  mechanical  to 
electrical  wave  energy  conversion.  We  have  designed  the  onboard  ESS  to  provide  several  days  of 
continuous  rated  power  during  periods  of  low  or  no  wave  activity,  depending  on  payload  power 
consumption. For locations with consistent periods of low or no wave activity, or for locations with short-
term power requirements, we are introducing our new hybrid which generates power using solar panels 
and a liquid-fuel backup power generation system. 

●  Prior  commercial  relationships  enabled  the  development  of  our  technology.  Our  prior  and  existing 
relationships with the U.S. Navy, DOE, U.S. Department of Homeland Security, MES, Eni and PMO 
have allowed us to further develop our solutions for a variety of needs in various industries. We believe 
these relationships have helped position us within the private sector for future commercial opportunities, 
which we believe enhances our market visibility and attractiveness to our prospective customers. For 
example, in 2011 our PowerBuoy® provided persistent power to an integrated radar and sonar system, 
significantly  extending  the  U.S.  Navy’s  surveillance  range.  We  have  also  demonstrated  persistent 
maritime vessel detection with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security by integrating a hydrophone 
onto our PowerBuoy® and demonstrating enhanced maritime traffic detection. In these instances, the 
resulting  data  have  informed  our  next  round  of  design  iterations  to  improve  critical  operations  and 
reliability. We believe that our deployments with MES, Eni and PMO have provided commercial market 
credibility and allowed us to develop and market end-user solutions which we believe are valued in our 
principal markets. 

Market Opportunities 

The Company takes a rigorous approach to market evaluation. Utilizing publicly available and purchased data, 
we  evaluate  total  addressable  market  sizes.  We  apply  screening  criteria  to  narrow  our  focus  within  these  markets  and 
identify  sub-segments  and  associated  serviced  addressable  market  sizes.  These  market  evaluations  are  updated  on  an 
ongoing basis throughout the year and more formally twice annually in line with our financial calendar. In 2019 the DOE’s 
Water Power Technology Office (WPTO) released the report Powering the Blue Economy: Exploring Opportunities for 
Marine Renewable Energy in Maritime Markets. The report described eight non-grid applications where renewable marine 
energy  could  provide  consistent,  reliable  power.  The  identified  marine  energy  applications  are  ocean  observation, 
underwater vehicle charging, marine aquaculture, marine algae, seawater mining, seawater desalination, coastal resiliency 
and disaster recovery, and isolated communities. We have been focused on addressing the energy needs of many of these 
applications (e.g., ocean observation, underwater vehicle charging), and other offshore applications (e.g., maritime domain 
awareness / EZM, well-head monitoring and subsea equipment control). 

5 

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Offshore Oil and Gas 

We believe the offshore oil and gas industry is undergoing a significant transformation as it continues to invest in 
new technologies that enable cost savings and the electrification and digitization of operations. The industry encompasses 
more  than  10,000  offshore  sites,  including  exploration,  production,  reservoir  management,  and  sites  pending 
decommissioning  based  on  information  from  organizations  such  as  the  U.S.  Bureau  of  Safety  and  Environmental 
Enforcement and industry organizations and publications. We believe that we have opportunities to implement one or more 
PB3 at a large number of these sites to provide power in applications that are not currently possible, displace current power 
solutions, or augment existing technologies. This is partially driven by the growing demand for electrification, for example 
Norway is estimated to have 40% of its oil and gas production from electrified fields [Rystad 2019], as well as a growing 
desire for decarbonization and autonomous operations. For example, the market for remote and autonomous charging of 
subsea assets, such as ROVs and AUVs, is rapidly taking shape. The 2019 WPTO report states that “globally, the AUV 
market is estimated at $2.6 billion and it is expected to double by 2022”. Based on various reports, other applications in 
the  oil  and  gas  market  include  providing  power  to  unmanned  platforms  and  EZM  during  decommissioning  activities. 
Although estimates vary in these reports, they generally point towards more then 4,000 platforms (and corresponding wells) 
that need to be decommissioned over the next 10 years. 

Defense and Security 

We believe that our PB3 is uniquely positioned to be used to provide power and communications for multiple 
applications within the defense and security markets. The PB3’s ability to power multiple payloads may be an attractive 
feature for these markets, as their systems can be easily integrated into other PowerBuoy® applications allowing their 
operation  to  be  concealed.  An  example  application  for  domestic  and  international  defense  departments  and  defense 
contractors  includes  forward  deployed  energy  and  communications  outposts  (which  is  a  current  U.S.  Department  of 
Defense  program),  both  above  and  below  sea  surface.  Other  example  applications  include  perimeter  security,  early 
detection and warning systems, remote sensing stations, high frequency radar, sonar, electro-optical and infrared sensors 
for maritime security, network communications systems, and unmanned underwater vehicle docking stations. 

Illegal,  unregulated  and  unreported  (IUU)  fishing  has  become  a  global  issue  with  both  environmental  and 
economic consequences. According to a report published in Sciences Advances by The University of British Columbia in 
February  2020,  it  is  estimated  the  economic  impact  from  illegal  fishing  to  be  as  high  as  $50  billion.  We  believe  our 
commercially proven EZM surveillance solution using the PB3 offers governments and non-governmental organizations 
(“NGO”)  the  ability  to  monitor  fish  resources  and  support  securing  exclusive  economic  zones  (“EEZ”).  Most  EEZ 
monitoring is done by offshore patrol vessels (“OPV”), one of the fastest growing naval product markets with around 1,242 
OPVs in service currently. We believe that our autonomous surveillance solution, which can be combined with satellite 
imagery, can deliver substantial economic impact to governments over incumbent solutions in securing remote fisheries. 

Science and Research 

The  science  and  research  market  provides  environmental  intelligence  to  the  entire  ocean  enterprise,  which 
supports  ocean  measurement,  observation  and  forecasting,  and  is  an  important  provider  of  information  to  maritime 
commerce and the entire “blue economy.” Maritime commerce and the scientific community depend on information in 
areas such as meteorology, climate change, ocean currents, and biological processes to inform operations and development. 
These groups often require a power and communications solution in remote offshore locations. According to NOAA’s 
2016 Ocean Enterprise report, the total U.S. available ocean observing market from 2017 through 2021 for ocean-based 
systems  infrastructure  is projected  to be  $2.0  billion. Additionally,  the  increased  interest  in  protecting  marine  habitats, 
offers  opportunities  to  collaborate  with  governments  and  NGOs  to  monitor  marine  sanctuaries.  Based  on  an  article 
published in Gurufocus in February 2020, the Metocean data market alone is estimated at $143 million and estimated to 
grow at nearly 3% compound annual growth rate between 2020 and 2026. 

Communications and Other Markets 

We  believe  that  opportunities  also  exist  in  other  markets  such  as  communications  and  renewable  energy 
development,  such  as  offshore  windfarms.  The  addition  of  near  shore  and  offshore  cellular  and  Wi-Fi  platforms  with 
reliable and persistent power could open new market opportunities for telecommunications carriers by displacing a portion 
of the maritime satellite communications market, while potentially decreasing communications costs for the marine and 
offshore  oil  and  gas  industries.  According  to  an  industry  research  paper  titled  “Prospects  for  Maritime  Satellite 
Communications”  in  2015  the  global  maritime  satellite  communications  market  had  already  reached  close  to  338,000 
terminals, with $1.7 billion in revenue at the satellite communications service provider level. The report also noted that the 
value of the maritime satellite communications market is expected to continue to grow over the next decade, with a 10-
year compound annual growth rate of 5% in terminals and revenue, primarily due to the increasing need for maritime data 
communications. Based on an article in Wind Power Monthly in October 2019 the offshore wind fleet is forecast to grow 
15-fold by 2040 and move further offshore with Europe alone connecting over 500 turbines in 2019. These developments 
require ocean data during the early stages, monitoring of marine habitats during construction, and ongoing survey work 
once operational. Providing wave power solutions to utility scale renewable developments offers an attractive proposition 
to support renewable power and autonomous operations. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Strategy 

We have made significant progress in redesigning and validating our commercially proven PB3 for use in remote 
offshore applications. Since 2015, we have brought the PB3 from initial concept to a full-scale design. We have performed 
multiple prototype iterations. During this time, we have conducted a number of in-ocean tests in combination with our 
facility-based accelerated life testing to validate our commercial-ready PB3 and to prepare for low rate initial production. 
In 2020, we completed our prototype hybrid. In December 2017, we relocated our production and corporate headquarters 
to a larger facility. This facility allows for expansion of our manufacturing capabilities and a move toward higher volume 
production of our solutions. 

In fiscal 2020 we made progress in marketing our PB3, as evidenced by the volume of proposals submitted to 
customers and requests for proposals from customers. We have made substantial progress in transitioning from R&D to a 
commercialization focus with SELL, BUILD, SHIP as our motto and we intend to build on our success by implementing 
processes and solutions that cover the entire life cycle, from demand generation to close of  contract, and from channel 
strategies to customer care. 

A majority of the Company’s opportunities with potential customers have been for projects in Western Europe, 
including the North Sea, as well as North America and Asia. Nearly two-thirds of these opportunities have progressed past 
initial feasibility and NDA stages to more detailed, confidential discussions around specific customer applications. Many 
of these discussions occur at the executive, decision-making level, as well as the implementation level. 

Many proposal requests are for projects where one of our PowerBuoys® products, either the PB3 or the hybrid, 
is part of a larger solution demonstration, and typically include the potential lease or sale of one or more PowerBuoys®, 
as well as required services and maintenance support. A majority of hybrid inquiries are for shorter term deployments and 
in calmer waters. Historically, demonstration projects have been a necessary step toward broad solution deployment and 
revenues associated with specific applications. A proposal phase typically lasts from three months to more than one year. 
During the demonstration project specification, negotiation and evaluation period, we are often subject to the prospective 
customer’s vendor qualification process, which entails substantial due diligence of our company and capabilities and may 
include negotiation of standard terms and conditions. Many proposals contain provisions which would mandate the sale or 
lease of our PowerBuoy® product upon successful conclusion of the demonstration project. 

We believe this is an accurate depiction of the overall sales cycle for new technology in each of our target markets, 
including our PowerBuoy® products. However, cycle times for each step of the sales cycle will vary depending on several 
customer factors, including, but not limited to, technical evaluation, project priorities, project funding approval process, 
and alignment of new technology integration with the customer’s broader operational strategy. We believe that the resulting 
evidence of potential demand, vis-à-vis specific application proposal requests, are indicative of significant progress in our 
commercialization  strategy.  We  believe  that  we  have  the  potential  for  growth  as  a  result  of  our  positioning  for  higher 
volume production of our PowerBuoy® products and the initial indications of demand for our PowerBuoy® products in 
multiple customer applications. 

We continue to commercialize our PowerBuoy® products for use in remote offshore power and real-time data 

communications applications. To achieve this goal, we are pursuing the following business objectives: 

● 

Integrated turn-key solutions sales or leases incorporating our products and services. We believe our 
PB3  and  hybrid  PowerBuoys®  are  well  suited  to  enable  many  unmanned,  autonomous  (non-grid 
connected)  offshore  solutions,  such  as  topside  and  subsea  surveillance  and  communications,  subsea 
equipment monitoring, early warning systems platform  and subsea power and buffering, and weather 
and climate data collection. We have investigated and realized market demand for some of these solutions 
leveraging both PowerBuoy® and subsea battery sales and leases within our selected markets, and we 
intend  to  sell  and  lease  our  products  to  these  markets  as  part  of  these  broader  integrated  solutions. 
Additionally,  we  intend  to  provide  services  associated  with  our  solution  offerings  such  as  paid 
engineering  studies,  value-added  engineering,  maintenance,  remote  monitoring  and  diagnostic, 
application  engineering,  planning,  training,  project  management,  and  marine  and  logistics  support 
required for our solution life-cycle. We also intend to pursue turn-key projects where we take on a prime 
contractor role to capture broader revenue opportunities while ensuring that solutions effectively address 
customer needs. We continue to increase our commercial capabilities through new hires in sales, and 
application support, and through engagement of expert market consultants in various geographies. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●  Expand customer system solution offerings through new complimentary products that enable shorter and 
more cost-efficient deployments. We completed the prototype of the hybrid in 2020. This product builds 
on  our  existing  expertise  in offshore  power  systems  and is targeted  for a near  term  deployment.  The 
hybrid  is  a  solar  powered  buoy  with  a  liquid  propane  powered  Stirling  engine  burning  propane  as  a 
backup. The hybrid is to be highly complementary to the PB3 by providing the Company the opportunity 
to address a broader spectrum of customer deployment needs, including low-wave environments, with 
the potential for greater system integration within each customer project. The hybrid is primarily intended 
for  shorter  term  deployment  applications  such  as  eROV  and  AUV  inspections  and  short-term 
maintenance,  topside  surveillance  and  communications,  and  subsea  equipment  and  controls.  The 
Company  is  developing  a  subsea  battery  system  which  will  be  complimentary  to  the  Company’s 
PowerBuoy® products. The subsea battery system is expected to offer the possibility of creating a sea 
floor energy storage solution for remote offshore operations. These subsea battery systems will contain 
lithium ion batteries, which provide high power density to supply power to subsea equipment, sensors, 
communications,  and  the recharging  of  AUVs  and  eROVs.  Ideal  for  many remote  offshore  customer 
applications,  these  subsea  battery  systems  are  anticipated  to  be  high  performance,  cost-efficient,  and 
quickly deployable. 

●  Concentrate sales and marketing efforts in specific geographic markets. We are currently focusing our 
marketing efforts on parts of North and South America, Europe and Asia. We believe that each of these 
areas has demand for our solutions, sizable end market opportunities, political and economic stability, 
and high levels of industrialization and economic development. 

●  Expand our relationships in key market areas through strategic partnerships and collaborations. We 
believe  that  strategic  partners  are  an  important  part  of  commercializing  solutions  and  new  products. 
Partnerships and collaborations can be used to improve the development of overall integrated solutions, 
create new market channels, expand commercial know-how and geographic footprint, and bolster our 
product delivery capabilities. We believe that offering a turn-key solution, and not just power, is key to 
securing  long  term  success.  We  have  formed  such  a  relationship  with  several  well-known  groups, 
including  Modus Seabed Intervention  Ltd. (“Modus”), Saab Seaeye Ltd. (“Saab”), Acteon Field Life 
Service Ltd. (“Acteon”), MES, PMO and Eni. We continue to seek other opportunities to collaborate 
with application experts from within our selected markets. 

●  Outsourcing of fabrication, deployment and service support. We outsource all fabrication, anchoring, 
mooring, cabling supply, and in most cases deployment of our PowerBuoy® to minimize our capital 
requirements as we scale our business. Our PTO is a proprietary subsystem and is assembled and tested 
at our facility. We believe this distributed manufacturing and assembly approach enables us to focus on 
our core competencies and ensure a cost-effective product by leveraging a larger more established supply 
base. We also continue to seek strategic partnerships with regard to servicing of our products. 

●  Cost reduction and PowerBuoy® solution development. Our engineering efforts are mainly focused on 
addressing customer solutions; PowerBuoy® sales; reducing product, installation, and life-cycle costs; 
and  improving  the  energy  output,  reliability,  maintenance  interval  and  expected  operating  life  of  our 
products. We continue to optimize manufacturability of our designs with a focus on cost competitiveness, 
and we believe we will be able to address new applications by developing new payloads and solutions 
that address customer needs. 

Marketing and Sales 

We  continue  to  enhance  our  marketing  capabilities  across  our  target  markets  and  we  actively  marketing  our 
PowerBuoys® solutions. We currently use a direct sales force consisting of employees and industry expert consultants. 
Because our solutions use technology which is not yet fully adopted by our target markets, we expect that the customer 
decision process could require us to spend substantial time educating end-users and stakeholders, which may result in a 
lengthy sales cycle. 

We  attend  and  display  our  products  at  trade  shows  and  conferences  that  represent  our  pursued  markets.  In 
September 2019 the Company held a Technology Day in Montrose, Scotland. In May 2019, the Company was an exhibitor 
at the Offshore Technology Conference in Houston, Texas and also an exhibitor at the U.S. Navy League’s Sea-Air-Space 
Exposition in National Harbor, Maryland. 

We market our PowerBuoys® to companies and entities requiring remote offshore power and communications 
solutions, including for example, offshore oil and gas companies for potential applications such as EZM and surveillance, 
and power and communications for remotely operated vehicles or AUV charging stations. We also see opportunities for 
defense and security applications such as perimeter security using active sensors such as high frequency radar and acoustic 
systems with significant processing and communications requirements. 

8 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additionally,  we  continue  to  seek  to  enter  into  strategic  relationships  to  develop  application  solutions  with 
commercial  and  military  sensor  and  equipment  manufacturers,  where  we  might  grant  licenses  to  manufacture 
PowerBuoys® or PowerBuoy® subsystems. 

Competition 

We expect to compete with other providers of in-ocean autonomous power sources, primarily consisting of subsea 
batteries, solar and fossil-fuel power sources, where many of the providers are substantially larger than OPT and may have 
access to greater financial resources. Incumbent sources of in-ocean power may also represent established and reliable 
power sources and may have already gained customer acceptance. Our ability to compete successfully for business from 
applications seeking in-ocean power will depend on our ability to produce and store energy reliably and at a total cost that 
is  competitive  with  or  lower  than  that  of  other  sources,  and  on  the  on-going  reliability  of  our  product  and  customer 
perception of our company. Our ability to compete effectively may be adversely affected by our current need for additional 
financing and our future customers’ concerns about our long-term viability. We also may have the opportunity to cooperate 
with other solution providers, such as other providers of subsea batteries where our PowerBuoys® might provide recharging 
capabilities. 

As of April 2020, there were over 400 companies, some with institutional funding, listed in the DOE’s Marine 
and Hydrokinetic (“MHK”) Technology Database. This DOE database provides up-to-date information on MHK renewable 
energy technologies and companies, both in the U.S. and around the world. Many of these companies are located in the 
U.K., continental Europe, Japan, Israel, the U.S. and Australia, and many of those companies are pursuing the utility, grid-
connected  energy  market.  The  MHK  industry  continues  to  evolve  as  participants  strive  to  differentiate  themselves  by 
promoting their specific technology focusing on cost and efficiency. The companies are subdivided by implementation: 
wave power, current power, tidal and ocean thermal energy conversion. Within wave power, the technologies are classified 
as  point  absorber,  oscillating  wave  column,  overtopping  device,  attenuator  and  oscillating  wave  surge  converter.  Our 
PowerBuoy® wave energy converter is classified as a point absorber. 

The vast majority of the companies in the DOE’s database are small, start-up type companies with a small number 
of employees and in early stage development that do not have our in-ocean validation experience. Only a few of these 
companies have conducted testing similar to us, such as accelerated life testing and extensive wave tank testing on reduced 
scale models of their devices. We believe our in-ocean experience is critical in proving the reliability, survivability and 
performance of any wave energy system, which we believe our future customers will require before adopting any wave 
generated energy solution. We believe our experience gained through full scale in-ocean deployments, coupled with other 
types of factory and laboratory testing, and our resulting understanding of risks and failure modes provides us with an 
advantage compared to potential wave energy competitors. 

We  believe  there  are  only  a  small  number  of  companies  that  may  have  the  technical  capability  and  financial 
viability  to  compete  in  the  offshore  autonomous  power  market;  however,  their  technologies  are  still  in  early  stage 
development with limited ocean testing. We believe that none of these technologies are at the maturity level of our current 
PB3, and because of this we believe that we continue to maintain a first mover advantage. 

We  continuously  monitor  non-traditional  competitive  threats,  such  as  multi  domain  drones  and  artificial 
intelligence  tools  utilizing  satellite  data.  We  are  in  active  discussions  with  companies  in  these  markets  to  evaluate 
synergistic solution development where we believe there may be a demand for cooperative solutions. 

Commercial Activities 

We  continue  to  seek  new  strategic  relationships,  and  further  develop  our  existing  partnerships,  with  other 
companies that have developed or are developing in-ocean applications requiring a persistent source of power that is also 
capable of real time data collection, processing and communication, to address potential customer needs. 

The  table  below  shows  the  percentage  of  our  revenue  we  derived  from  significant  customers  for  the  periods 

indicated: 

   Twelve months ended April 30,   

2020 

2019 

Eni S.p.A. .....................................................................      
Premier Oil UK Limited ...............................................      
EGP ..............................................................................      
Other .............................................................................      

10 %     
9 %     
72 %     
9 %     
100 %     

54 % 
33 % 
4 % 
9 % 
100 % 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
     
  
  
    
       
  
  
    
In  order  to  achieve  success  in  commercializing  our  products,  we  must  expand  our  customer  base  and  obtain 
commercial contracts to lease or sell our PowerBuoy® solutions and related services to customers. Our potential customer 
base for our PowerBuoys® solutions includes various public and private entities, and agencies that require remote offshore 
power. To date, substantially all of our revenue producing contracts have been with a small number of customers under 
contracts to fund a portion of the costs of our operational efforts to develop and improve our technology, validate our 
product through ocean and laboratory testing, and business development activities with potential commercial customers. 
Our goal in the future is that an increased portion of our revenues will be from the lease or sale of our products and related 
maintenance and other services. 

Current Customers 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

In March 2020, Eni exercised their option from the March 2018 contract to extend their lease of the PB3 
for an additional 18 months. The initial provision in March 2018 agreement provided for a minimum 24-
month contract that included an 18-month PB3 lease and associated project management. 
In September 2019, we entered into two contracts with subsidiaries of EGP which include the sale of a 
PB3 and the development and supply of a turn-key integrated Open Sea Lab (“OSL”) that will be the 
Company’s first deployment off the coast of Chile. The contract is a result of a detailed feasibility study 
of  the  PB3  as  an  offshore  autonomous  platform  hosting  oceanographic  sensor  systems  conducted  in 
September 2018. 
In April 2019 we entered into an agreement with a leading oil and gas operator to conduct a detailed 
feasibility study of using the Company’s technology to monitor subsea wells. 
In February 2019, we entered into a contract with the U.S. Navy to carry out the first phase of a project 
to design and develop a buoy mooring system which incorporates fiber optics for the transmission of 
subsea sensor data to airplanes, ships, and satellites. 
In June 2018, we entered into a contract with PMO for the lease of a PB3 to be deployed in one of PMO’s 
offshore fields in the North Sea. During its deployment, the PB3 provided unmanned EZM service. With 
an opportunistic marine weather window that allowed for offshore equipment retrievals, in early March 
2020  the  Company  and  Premier  Oil  retrieved  the  PB3  and  is  preparing  to  ship  the  PB3  back  to  the 
Company’s headquarters in Monroe, New Jersey. The PB3 will be serviced to prepare for one of multiple 
upcoming commercial opportunities. In addition, the Company will perform an inspection and review of 
the system’s performance with the intention to develop a Phase II deployment scope with Premier Oil. 
As a result of this, revenue recognized was impacted for the fourth quarter, 2020 and we removed the 
remaining lease payments from fiscal 2020 backlog. 

Partnerships 

● 

● 

● 

In May 2019, we signed a memorandum of understanding with Modus, Ltd. for the purpose of developing 
and  delivering  commercial  market  solutions  that  offer  a  step-change  in  innovation  and  market  value 
against  conventional  methodologies,  specifically  through  development  and  marketing  of  a  combined 
HAUV charging station which will be able to utilize the PowerBuoy® system for topside charging and 
communications. 
In April 2019, we signed a memorandum of understanding with Acteon to develop, explore and exploit 
mutual opportunities in the global oil and gas and renewable markets. 
In January 2019, we entered into a Joint System Solution Development and Marketing Agreement with 
Saab. The agreement anticipates a preliminary focus on AUV and eROV charging and communications 
systems. 

Backlog 

As of April 30, 2020, our backlog was $1.0 million compared to a backlog of $0.9 million as of April 30, 2019. 
Our backlog includes unfilled firm orders for our products and services from commercial or governmental customers. If 
any of our contracts were to be terminated, our backlog would be reduced by the expected value of the remaining terms of 
such contract. 

The  amount  of  contract  backlog  is  not  necessarily  indicative  of  future  revenue  because  modifications  to  or 
terminations of present contracts and production delays can provide additional revenue or reduce anticipated revenue. A 
substantial portion of our revenue is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method, and changes in estimates from 
time to time may have a significant effect on revenue and backlog. Our backlog is also typically subject to large variations 
from time to time due to the timing of new awards. 

10 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Research and Development 

PB3 PowerBuoy® 

Our team has a broad range of experience in mechanical, electrical, and ocean engineering. We have engaged in 
extensive efforts to improve the PB3 PowerBuoy® efficiency, reliability and power output, and improve manufacturability 
while reducing cost and complexity. Our recent efforts have been focused on reducing cost of our PB3 PowerBuoys® and 
their  deployment  costs  in  order  to  balance  customer  cost  with  our  solution  value  proposition.  We  continue  to  seek  to 
increase the capabilities of our PB3 PowerBuoy® systems by designing flexible interfaces and rendering them sensor and 
payload agnostic. 

We have also focused on the development and implementation of accelerated testing regimens and techniques 
known  as  accelerated  life  testing.  Such  methods  accelerate  failures  in  a  laboratory  environment,  as  compared  to  more 
lengthy and expensive full-scale ocean deployments during normal use and extreme conditions. This testing allows us to 
quantify  the  life  characteristics  of  critical  components  and  subsystems  which  would  normally  require  several  years  of 
operation in ocean conditions to achieve similar levels of wear and tear. Accelerated life testing is used successfully in 
other industries such as automotive and aerospace and is a critical enabler for rapid product and technology development 
and maturation. 

A concerted effort has been underway which is focused on proactively implementing additional features driven 
by extensive and direct discussions with potential users, customers, marketing partners, and end users in our target markets. 
Such features include: 

●  Enhancement  and  cost-out  of  our  current  PB3  PowerBuoy®  product  and  supporting  systems  and 

deployment and installation methods through customary product life cycle management. 

●  Design and development of a single point combined mooring umbilical solution that allows for quicker 
deployment of the PowerBuoy® and enables effective stationkeeping while providing a pathway for the 
delivery  of  power  and  communication  capabilities  to  customer  payloads  which  are  external  to  the 
PowerBuoy®, or for recharging and communication capabilities from our PowerBuoy® to our subsea 
battery. 

●  Design,  development  and  implementation  of  an  advanced  buoy  controller  that  significantly  reduces 
power consumption and continues to address buoy reliability, and supports high computational speeds 
needed for the PowerBuoy® monitoring and control as well as integrated solutions requiring real-time 
data communications. 

hybrid PowerBuoy® 

We have created a hybrid PowerBuoy® that is a solar powered and liquid-fueled surface buoy, compared to the 
wave power generating PB3. The hybrid is powered primarily through solar with liquid-fueled back-up and is capable of 
providing reliable power in remote offshore locations, regardless of ocean wave conditions. It is primarily intended for 
shorter  term  deployment  applications  such  as  eROV  and  AUV  inspections  and  short-term  maintenance,  topside 
surveillance and communications, and subsea equipment and controls. The hybrid is anticipated to be quickly deployable 
and  cost-effective  solution.  The  design  has  a  high  payload  capacity  for  communications  and  surveillance,  with  the 
capability  of  being  tethered  to  subsea  payloads  such  as  batteries,  or  with  a  conventional  anchor  mooring  system.  A 
validation test is anticipated to take place in U.S. waters during the summer of 2020. 

Subsea battery solutions 

The  Company  is finalizing  the  commercialization  schedule  of  its  subsea  battery.  The  subsea  battery  has  been 
designed to provide continuous and/or short-term power supply from its integrated energy storage system, enabling us to 
supply into a range of industries and applications. 

Intellectual Property 

We believe that our technology differentiates us from other providers of wave energy conversion technologies. 
As  a  result,  our  success  depends  in  part  on  our  ability  to  obtain  and  maintain  proprietary  protection  for  our  products, 
technology and know-how, to operate without infringing upon the proprietary rights of others and to prevent others from 
infringing upon our proprietary rights. Our policy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, 
filing U.S. and foreign patent applications related to our proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are 
important  to  the  development  of  our business. We  also  rely  on  trade  secrets,  know-how,  and  continuing  technological 
innovation and may rely on licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of June 2020, we have been issued 66 U.S. patents, of which 36 are active, 23 have expired and seven were 
abandoned. Outside of the U.S. we have been issued 256 patents across 13 countries with 32 of the active U.S. patents 
having at least one corresponding issued foreign patent. We have filed for 4 additional U.S. patents and 3 of the U.S. patents 
applications have corresponding foreign patent applications at this time. Our patent portfolio includes patents and patent 
applications with claims directed to: 

● 
system design; 
control systems; 
● 
●  power conversion; 
● 
●  wave farm architecture. 

anchoring and mooring; and 

The expiration dates for our issued U.S. patents range from 2021 to 2037. We do not consider any single patent 
or patent application that we hold to be material to our business. The patent positions of companies like ours are generally 
uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. Our ability to maintain and solidify our proprietary position for 
our technology will depend on our success in continuing to obtain effective patent claims and enforcing those claims once 
granted. In addition, certain technologies that we developed with U.S. federal government funding are subject to certain 
government rights as described in “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Intellectual Property.” 

We use trademarks on nearly all our products and believe that having distinctive marks is an important factor in 
marketing our products. We have registered our PowerBuoy®, PB-Vue ®, PowerTower ®, Making Waves in Power ®, Talk 
on Water ® marks in the United States. Trademark ownership is generally of indefinite duration when marks are properly 
maintained in commercial use. 

Regulation 

Our PowerBuoys® are subject to regulation in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions concerning, among other areas, 
site approval and environmental approval and compliance. In order to encourage the adoption of offshore power solutions, 
many governments offer subsidies and other financial incentives and have mandated renewable energy targets which some 
of our customers may be able to leverage. However, these subsidies, incentives and targets may not be applicable to our 
technology and therefore may not be available to our customers. 

The renewable energy industry has also been subject to increasing regulation. As the renewable energy industry 
continues to evolve and as the wave energy industry continues to evolve, we anticipate that wave energy technology and 
our  PowerBuoys®  and  their  deployment  will  be  subject  to  increased  oversight  and  regulation  in  accordance  with 
international, national and local regulations relating to safety, sites, and environmental protection. 

Site Approval. In the U.S., federal agencies regulate the siting of long-term renewable energy projects and related-
uses located on the outer continental shelf (“OCS”), which is generally more than three miles offshore. OCS projects longer 
than one-year in duration are regulated by the U.S. Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (“BOEM”). For projects located 
within three miles of the U.S. shore regardless of duration, the adjacent state would be responsible for issuing a lease and 
other required authorizations for the location of the project. In either case, an assessment of the potential environmental 
impact of the project would be conducted in addition to other requirements. Generally, the same process applies to foreign 
sites where site approval is contingent on meeting both national and local regulatory and environmental requirements. In 
connection  with  issuing  permits  or  leases  enabling  project  use,  the  respective  government  agency  often  requires  site 
restoration or other activities at the conclusion of the permit or lease period. 

Environmental  Approval  and  Compliance.  We  are  subject  to  various  foreign,  federal,  state  and  local 
environmental protection and health and safety laws and regulations governing, among other things: the generation, storage, 
handling, use and transportation of hazardous materials; the emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the ground, 
air  or  water;  and  the  health  and  safety  of  our  employees.  In  addition,  in  the  U.S.,  the  construction  and  operation  of 
PowerBuoys® offshore would require permits and approvals from the U.S. Coast Guard, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 
and other governmental authorities. These required permits and approvals evaluate, among other things, whether a project 
is in the public interest and ensure that the project would not create a hazard to navigation. Other foreign and international 
laws may require similar approvals. 

Subsidies  and Incentives.  Renewable  energy  subsidies  and  incentives  are  generally  applicable  only  to  electric 
generation and supply to the utility grid. However, our autonomous applications may permit a customer to reduce its carbon 
emissions, which our potential customers may be able to publicize in their environmental stewardship reports. 

12 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Manufacturing 

We  engage  in  two  types  of  manufacturing  activities:  1)  the  manufacturing  of  the  high  value-added  PTO 
components  for  systems  control,  power  generation  and  conversion,  and  energy  storage  for  each  PowerBuoy®;  and  2) 
contracting with outside companies for the fabrication of the buoy structure, mooring system, and cabling. 

Our core in-house manufacturing activity is the assembly, final systems integration and testing of the PTO and its 
components, which is conducted at our New Jersey facility. The power generation system consists of electro-mechanical 
components,  and  the  control  modules  include  the  critical  electrical  and  electronic  systems  that  convert  the  mechanical 
energy into usable electricity. The sensors and control systems use sophisticated technology to optimize the performance 
of the PowerBuoy® in response to changing operating conditions and payload power demand. We maintain a portfolio of 
patents, including those that cover our power generation, power conversion and control technologies. 

We purchase the remaining components and materials for each PowerBuoy® from various vendors. We provide 
specifications to each vendor, and they are responsible for performing quality analysis and quality control over the course 
of construction, subject to our review of the quality and test procedure results. After the vendor completes the testing of 
the buoy structure, it is transported to our facility for final integration of the PTO. We do not believe that we are dependent 
on any single vendor for manufacturing the components of and materials for our PowerBuoy®, and we believe that there 
are many available manufacturers for our component parts if a particular manufacturing partner should become unavailable 
or expensive. However, we have only manufactured our PowerBuoys® in limited quantities for use in development and 
testing and have limited commercial manufacturing experience, and our work with our vendors has not included work on 
multiple  orders  on  time-critical  deadlines.  Moreover,  we  do  not  have  long-term  contracts  with  our  third-party 
manufacturers or vendors. In order to be successful in our efforts to commercialize our PowerBuoys®, we will need to 
secure stable relationships with a variety of manufacturers and vendors that can supply component parts and materials for 
our PowerBuoy® products. 

Our  corporate  headquarters  and  manufacturing  operations  are  located  in  Monroe  Township,  New  Jersey.  Our 
facility offers approximately 56,000 square feet of manufacturing and office space. This facility allows for expansion of 
our manufacturing capabilities and a move toward higher volume production of our solutions. 

Employees 

As of April 30, 2020, we had 36 full-time employees. Of these employees, 35 are located in the United States and 
one is located in the United Kingdom. We believe that our future success will depend in part on our continued ability to 
attract, hire and retain qualified personnel. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, and we believe our 
employee relations are good. 

Available Information 

Our  annual  reports  on  Form  10-K,  quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  current  reports  on  Form  8-K,  and  all 
amendments to those reports are made available free of charge through the Investor Relations section of the Company’s 
website  (www.oceanpowertechnologies.com)  as  soon  as  practicable  after  such  material  is  electronically  filed  with,  or 
furnished to, the SEC. Material contained on our website is not incorporated by reference in this report. Our executive 
offices are located at 28 Engelhard Drive, Suite B, Monroe Township, New Jersey, 08831, and our telephone number is 
(609) 730-0400. The information on our website is not a part of this Annual Report. Our common stock has been listed on 
Nasdaq since April 24, 2007, and since July 2015, our common stock has been listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market. The 
public may also read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, 
NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling 
the  SEC  at  1-800-SEC-0330.  The  SEC  also  maintains  an  Internet  website  that  contains  reports  and  other  information 
regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC located at http://www.sec.gov. 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 

You  should  carefully consider  the  following  risk  factors  together with  the  other  information  contained  in  this 
Annual Report, and in prior periodic and current reports. If any of the following risks actually occur, they may materially 
harm our business and our financial condition and results of operations. In this event, the market price of our common 
stock could decline, and your investment could be lost. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Our Financial Condition 

Our auditors have raised substantial doubts as to our ability to continue as a going concern. 

Our financial statements have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern. Due to the significant 
engineering and product development costs associated with our business and operations, we have experienced substantial 
and recurring losses from operations, which have contributed to an accumulated deficit of $220.1 million at April 30, 2020. 
On April 30, 2020, the Company had approximately $10.9 million in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash on hand. 
On May 5, 2020 the Company received $0.9 million from the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) (see Note 17 to the 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  more  information).  The  Company  generated  revenues  of  $1.7  million  and  $0.6 
million during the twelve months ended April 30, 2020 and 2019. Based on the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and 
restrictive cash balances as of April 30, 2020, the Company believes that it will be able to finance its capital requirements 
and operations into the quarter ending April 30, 2021. 

We continue to experience operating losses and currently have three revenue producing contracts. During fiscal 
2020, our net burn rate (cash used in operations less cash generated by operations) including product development spending 
was approximately $0.9 million per month. 

We have been funding our business principally through sales of our securities, and we expect to continue to fund 
our business with sales of our securities and, to a limited extent, with our revenues until, if ever, we generate sufficient 
cash flow to internally fund our business. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue 
as  a  going  concern.  Our  consolidated  financial  statements  do  not  include  any  adjustments  that  might  result  from  the 
outcome of this uncertainty. We anticipate that our operating expenses will be approximately $14.0 million in fiscal 2021 
including product development spending of more than $6.9 million. However, we may choose to reduce our operating 
expenses through personnel reductions, and reductions in our research and development and other operating costs during 
fiscal year 2021, if we are not successful in our efforts to sell more of our products. We cannot assure our stockholders that 
we will be able to increase our revenues and cash flow to a level which would support our operations and provide sufficient 
funds to pay our obligations for the foreseeable future. Further, we cannot assure our stockholders that we will be able to 
secure additional financing or raise additional capital or, if we are successful in our efforts to raise additional capital, of 
the terms and conditions upon which any such financing would be extended. If we are unable to meet our obligations, we 
would be forced to cease operations, in which event investors would lose their entire investment in our company. 

We may not be able to raise sufficient capital to continue to operate our business. 

Historically, we have funded our business operations through sales of equity securities. We do not know whether 
we will be able to secure additional funding or, if secured, whether the terms will be favorable to us or our investors. Our 
ability  to  obtain  additional  funding  will  be  subject  to  a  number  of  factors,  including  market  conditions,  our  operating 
performance, pending litigation and investor sentiment. These factors may make additional funding unavailability, or the 
timing, dollar amount, and terms and conditions of additional funding unattractive. 

If we issue additional securities to raise capital, our existing stockholders could experience dilution or may be 
subordinated to any rights, preferences or privileges granted to the new security holders. In particular, any new securities 
issued could have rights senior to those associated with our common stock and could contain covenants that would restrict 
our  operations.  Should  the  financing  we  require  to  sustain  our  working  capital  needs  be  unavailable  or  prohibitively 
expensive when we require it, our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects could be materially and 
adversely affected, and we may be unable to continue our operations. 

We have a history of operating losses and may not achieve or maintain profitability and positive cash flow. 

We have incurred net losses since we began operations in 1994, including net losses of $10.4 million and $12.2 
million in fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of April 30, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $220.1 million. To 
date, our activities have consisted primarily of activities related to the development and testing of our technologies and 
commercializing our products. Thus, our losses to date have resulted primarily from costs incurred in our research and 
development programs and from our selling, general and administrative costs. As we continue to develop our proprietary 
technologies, we expect to continue to have a net use of cash from operating activities unless or until we achieve positive 
cash flow from the commercialization of our products and services. 

We do not know whether we will be able to successfully commercialize our products or whether we can achieve 
profitability. There is significant uncertainty about our ability to successfully commercialize our products in our targeted 
markets. Even if we do achieve commercialization of our products and become profitable, we may not be able to achieve 
or, if achieved, sustain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  financial  results  may  fluctuate  from  quarter  to  quarter,  which  may  make  it  difficult  to  predict  our  future 
performance. 

Our financial results may fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control. 
For these reasons, comparing our financial results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and our past results 
should not be relied on as an indication of our future performance. Our future quarterly and annual expenses as a percentage 
of our revenues may be significantly different from those we have recorded in the past or which we expect for the future. 
Our financial results in some quarters may fall below expectations. Any of these events could cause our stock price to fall. 
Each  of  the  risk  factors  listed  in  this  “Risk Factors”  section,  including  the  following factors,  may  adversely  affect our 
business, financial condition and results of operations: 

●  delays in permitting or acquiring necessary regulatory consents; 
●  delays in the timing of contract awards and determinations of work scope; 
●  delays in funding for or deployment of wave energy projects; 
the impact of COVID-19 on our customers and contracts; 
● 
changes  in  cost  estimates  relating  to  wave  energy  project  completion,  which  under  percentage-of-
● 
completion accounting principles could lead to significant fluctuations in revenue or to changes in the 
timing of our recognition of revenue from those projects; 
●  our inability to successfully develop and market new products; 
●  delays in meeting, or the failure to meet, specified contractual milestones or other performance criteria 
under project contracts or in completing project contracts that could delay or prevent the recognition of 
revenue that would otherwise be earned; 

●  decisions made by parties with whom we have commercial relationships not to proceed with anticipated 

projects; 
increases in the length of our sales cycle; and 
inherent uncertainties in our manufacturing processes. 

● 
● 

Currency  translation  and  transaction  risk  may  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. 

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, and sometimes we incur costs in the local currency of countries in which 
our customers and suppliers are located. As a result, we are subject to currency translation risk. A large percentage of our 
revenues are generated outside the United States and can be denominated in foreign currencies of our customers. Changes 
in exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar could affect our revenues and cost of revenues and could 
result in exchange losses. We cannot accurately predict the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on our results of 
operations. Currently, we do not engage in any exchange rate hedging activities and, as a result, any volatility in currency 
exchange rates may have an immediate adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

The scale and scope of the recent COVID-19 outbreak, the resulting pandemic, and the impact on the financial markets 
is unknown and could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operation at least for 
the near term. 

Since the beginning of January 2020, the COVID-19 outbreak has caused significant disruption in the financial 
markets both globally and in the U.S. As the U.S. faces the COVID-19 pandemic, we are following the recommendations 
of government and health authorities to minimize exposure risk for our employees. The rapid spread of COVID-19 globally 
also has resulted in increased travel restrictions and disruption and shutdown of certain businesses in the U.S. and abroad, 
including disruptions to our own business. We are closely monitoring this global health crisis and will reassess its strategy 
and operational activities on a regular, ongoing basis as the situation evolves. 

As a result of the changes in work protocols, as well as related pandemic fears, quarantines and market downturns, 
we may experience impacts from changes in customer behavior. Our business is dependent upon the willingness and ability 
of our customers to conduct transactions, as well as the ability of customers to meet existing payment or other obligations. 
The  spread  of  COVID-19  has  caused  severe  disruptions  in  the  worldwide  economy,  which  has  in  turn  disrupted  the 
business,  activities,  and  operations  of  our  business  and  operations,  as  well  as  that  of  our  customers.  For  example,  our 
employees have been unable to travel to Chile to perform final testing and assembly of our PB3 PowerBuoy® for EGP. 

If COVID-19 were to continue to affect a significant amount of our workforce, we may experience delays or the 
inability to produce and deliver solutions to our customers on a timely basis. In addition, one or more of our customers, 
service providers or suppliers may experience financial distress, file for bankruptcy protection, go out of business, or suffer 
disruptions in their business due to the COVID-19 outbreak. As with EGP, travel restrictions due to COVID-19 may also 
prevent our employees from completing customer work. The global scale and scope of COVID-19 is unknown and the 
duration of the business disruption and related financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. 

15 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The extent to which the coronavirus impacts our results will ultimately depend on future developments, which are 
highly uncertain, and will include emerging information concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions taken by 
governments and private businesses to attempt to contain COVID-19. However, we believe the coronavirus has and will 
continue to adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations at least for the near term. 

Risks Related To Growth Of Our Business 

We depend on a limited number of customers for substantially all of our revenues. The loss of, or a significant reduction 
in revenues from, any of these customers could significantly reduce our revenues and harm our operating results. 

Historically, a small number of customers have provided substantially all of our revenues and we expect that such 
concentration  will  continue  for  the  foreseeable  future.  In  fiscal  2020  commercial  contracts  accounted  for  94%  of  our 
revenues and governmental contracts accounted for 6%. In fiscal 2019, revenues from commercial contacts accounted for 
92%  of  our  revenues  and  governmental  contracts  accounted  for  8%.  Because  we  currently  have  a  small  number  of 
customers  and  contracts,  problems  with  a  single  contract  would  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and 
results of operations. 

A customer’s payment default, or the loss of a customer as a result of competition, creditworthiness, our failure 
to perform, our inability to negotiate extensions or replacements of contracts, or otherwise, would adversely affect our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in our efforts to 
secure additional commercial customers, or additional revenue-generating contracts. 

Wave energy technology may not gain broad commercial acceptance and, therefore, our revenues may not increase, 
and we may be unable to achieve and, even if achieved, sustain profitability. 

Wave  energy  technology  is  at  an  early  stage  of  development,  and  the  extent  to  which  wave  energy  power 
generation will be commercially viable is uncertain. Many factors may affect the commercial acceptance of wave energy 
technology, including the following: 

●  performance,  reliability  and  cost-effectiveness  of  wave  energy  technology  compared  to  conventional 

● 

● 

sources and products; 
fluctuations in economic and market conditions, such as increases or decreases in the prices of oil and 
other fossil fuels; 
the development of new and profitable applications requiring the type of remote electric power provided 
by our autonomous wave energy systems. 

If  wave  energy  technology  does  not  gain  broad  commercial  acceptance,  it  is  unlikely  that  we  will  be  able  to 
commercialize  our  PowerBuoy®  and  our  business  will  be  materially  harmed,  in  which  case,  we  may  curtail  or  cease 
operations. 

If  sufficient  demand  for  our  PowerBuoys®  or  new  products  does  not  develop  or  takes  longer  to  develop  than  we 
anticipate, our revenue generation will be limited, and it is unlikely that we will be able to achieve and, if achieved, then 
sustain profitability. 

Even if wave energy technology achieves broad commercial acceptance, our PowerBuoys® may not prove to be 
a commercially viable technology for generating electricity from ocean waves. We have invested a significant portion of 
our time and financial resources since our inception in the development of our PowerBuoys® but have not yet achieved 
successful commercialization of our PowerBuoys. As we seek to manufacture, market, sell and deploy our PowerBuoys® 
in greater quantities, we may encounter unforeseen hurdles that would limit the commercial viability of our PowerBuoys®, 
including unanticipated manufacturing, deployment, operating, maintenance and other costs. Our target customers and we 
may also encounter technical obstacles to deploying, operating and maintaining PowerBuoys®. 

If demand for our PowerBuoys® or new products fails to develop sufficiently, it is unlikely that we will be able 
to  grow  our  business  or  generate  sufficient  revenues  to  achieve  and  then  sustain  profitability.  In  addition,  demand  for 
PowerBuoys® in our presently targeted markets, including parts of North and South America, Europe and Asia, may not 
develop or may develop to a lesser extent than we anticipate. 

If we are not successful in commercializing our PowerBuoy® or new products, or are significantly delayed in 

doing so, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If we are unable to attract and retain management and other qualified personnel, we may not be able to achieve our 
business objectives. 

Our  success  depends  on  the  skills,  experience  and  efforts  of  our  senior  management  and  other  key  product 
development,  manufacturing,  and  sales  and  marketing  employees.  We  have  limited  financial  resources  and  cannot  be 
certain that we will be able to attract, retain and motivate such employees. The loss of the services of one or more of these 
employees could have a material adverse effect on our business. There is a risk that we will not be able to retain or replace 
these key employees. Implementation of our business plans will be highly dependent upon our ability to hire and retain 
senior executives as well as talented staff in various fields of expertise. 

Changes in senior management are inherently disruptive, and efforts to implement any new strategic or operating 
goals may not succeed in the absence of a long-term management team. Changes to strategic or operating goals with the 
appointment  of  new  executives  may  themselves  prove  to  be  disruptive.  Periods  of  transition  in  senior  management 
leadership are often difficult as the new executives gain detailed knowledge of our operations and due to cultural differences 
that may result from changes in strategy and style. Without consistent and experienced leadership, customers, employees, 
creditors, stockholders and others may lose confidence in us. 

To  be  successful,  we  need  to  retain  key  personnel.  Qualified  individuals,  including  engineers  and  project 
managers, are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract and retain them. With the exception of our 
President and Chief Executive Officer, all of our employees are at-will employees, which means they can terminate their 
employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business and industry would be difficult to replace. 
If we lose the services of key personnel, or do not hire or retain other personnel for key positions, our business, results of 
operations and stock price could be adversely affected. 

If we are unable to effectively manage our growth, this could adversely affect our business and operations. 

The scope of our operations to date has been limited, and we do not have experience operating on the scale that 
we  believe  may  be  necessary  to  achieve  profitable  operations.  Our  current  personnel,  facilities,  systems  and  internal 
procedures and controls may not be adequate to support future growth. This factor, when combined with the technical 
complexity  of  some  of  our  development  efforts,  may  result  in  our  inability  to  meet  certain  customer  expectations  or 
deadlines  and  could  result  in  the  amendment  to,  or  termination  of,  customer  contracts  or  relationships.  To  realize  our 
desired growth, we may need to add sales, marketing and engineering offices in our existing and/or additional locations, 
which  may  include  areas  such  as  North  and  South  America,  Europe  and  Asia,  and  which  may  result  in  additional 
organizational complexity. 

To manage the expansion of our operations, we may be required to improve our operational and financial systems, 
procedures and controls, increase our manufacturing capacity and throughput and expand, train and manage our employee 
base, which may need to increase significantly if we are to be able to fulfill our current manufacturing and growth plans. 
Our management may also be required to maintain and expand our relationships with customers, suppliers and other third 
parties,  as well  as  attract  new  customers  and  suppliers.  If  we  do  not  meet  these  challenges,  we  may  be  unable  to  take 
advantage of market opportunities, execute our business strategies or respond to competitive pressures. 

If  we  are  unable  to  successfully  negotiate  and  enter  into  service  contracts  with  our  customers  on  terms  that  are 
acceptable to us, our ability to diversify our revenue stream will be impaired. 

An important element of our business strategy is to enter into service contracts with our customers under which 
we would be paid fees for services related to the maintenance and operation of the PowerBuoys® purchased from us. In 
addition, we may offer to lease PowerBuoys®, sell power generated by PowerBuoys® or sell data gathered by sensors on 
our PowerBuoys®. Even if customers purchase or lease our PowerBuoys®, they may not enter into service contracts with 
us.  We  may  not  be  able  to  negotiate  service,  power  sale  or  other  contracts  that  provide  us  with  any  additional  profit 
opportunities. Even if we successfully negotiate and enter into such service contracts, our customers may terminate them 
prematurely or they may not be profitable for a variety of reasons, including the presence of unforeseen hurdles or costs. 
In addition, if we were unable to perform adequately under such service contracts our efforts to successfully market the 
PowerBuoys®  could  be  impaired.  Any  one  of  these  outcomes  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

Since our PowerBuoys® can only be deployed in certain geographic locations, our ability to grow our business could 
be adversely affected. 

Our PowerBuoys® are designed for use offshore, but not all offshore areas worldwide have appropriate natural 
resources  for  our  PowerBuoys®  to  harness  wave  energy.  Seasonal  and  local  variations,  water  depth  and  the  effect  of 
particular locations of islands and other geographical features may limit our ability to deploy our PowerBuoys® in certain 
coastal areas. If we are unable to identify and deploy PowerBuoys® at sufficient sites with appropriate natural resources 
to permit our PowerBuoys® to capture wave energy, our ability to grow our business could be adversely affected. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Failure by third parties to supply or manufacture components of our products or to deploy our systems timely or properly 
could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We have been and expect to continue to be highly dependent on third parties to supply or manufacture components 
of our PowerBuoys®. If, for any reason, our third-party manufacturers or vendors are not willing or able to provide us with 
components or supplies in a timely fashion, or at all, our ability to manufacture and sell many of our products could be 
impaired. 

We do not have long-term contracts with our third-party manufacturers or vendors. If we do not develop ongoing 
relationships  with  vendors  located  in  different  regions,  we  may  not  be  successful  at  controlling  unit  costs  as  our 
manufacturing volume increases. We may not be able to negotiate new arrangements with these third parties on acceptable 
terms, or at all. 

In addition, we rely on third parties, under our oversight, for the deployment and mooring of our PowerBuoys®. 
We have utilized several different deployment methods, including towing the PowerBuoy® to the deployment location and 
transporting the PowerBuoy® to the deployment location by barge or ocean workboat. If these third parties do not properly 
deploy our systems, cannot effectively deploy the PowerBuoy® on a large, commercial scale, or otherwise do not perform 
adequately, or if we fail to recruit and retain third parties to deploy our systems in particular geographic areas, our business, 
financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. 

Our targeted markets are highly competitive. We compete against incumbent solutions already being utilized by our 
customers and potential customers. If we are unable to compete effectively, we may be unable to increase our revenues 
and achieve or maintain profitability. 

Our  principal  targeted  markets  include  offshore  oil  and  gas,  defense  and  security,  science  and  research  and 
communications. In our targeted markets, which are highly competitive, we compete against incumbent power solutions 
already being utilized by our customers and potential customers. If we are unable to demonstrate to our customers and our 
potential customers that our products are cost competitive to their existing alternative power solutions, or if it takes us 
longer to do so than we anticipate, we may be unable to expand our business, maintain our competitive position, satisfy 
our contractual obligations, continue to commercialize our products, or become profitable. In addition, if the cost associated 
with these development efforts exceeds our projections, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. 

In addition, competition may arise from other companies manufacturing similar products, developing different 
products that produce energy more efficiently than our products, or making improvements to traditional energy-producing 
methods  or  technologies,  any  of  which  could  make  our  products  less  attractive  or  render  them  obsolete.  If  we  are  not 
successful in manufacturing systems that generate competitively priced power, we may not be able to respond effectively 
to competitive pressures from other renewable energy technologies or improvements to existing technologies. 

If we are unable to respond effectively to such competitive forces, our business, financial condition and results of 
operations  could be  adversely  affected.  Our  targeted  markets  are  subject  to  their  own  inherent  risks, and  if  those  risks 
should materialize then our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. 

We  market  and  plan  to  market  our  products  in  multiple  international  markets.  If  we  are  unable  to  manage  our 
international  operations  effectively,  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  be  adversely 
affected. 

We  market  and  plan  to  market  our  products  in  multiple  global  regions,  including  parts  of  North  and  South 
America, Europe, and Asia, and we are therefore subject to risks associated with having international operations. Revenues 
from  customers  who  are  based  outside  of  the  U.S.  accounted  for  94%  of  our  revenues  in  fiscal  2020  and  92%  of  our 
revenues in fiscal 2019. Risks inherent in international operations include, but are not limited to, the following: 

changes in general economic and political conditions in the countries in which we operate; 

● 
●  unexpected adverse changes in foreign laws or regulatory requirements, including those with respect to 

● 

● 

renewable energy, environmental protection, permitting, export duties and quotas; 
trade barriers such as export requirements, tariffs, taxes and other restrictions and expenses, which could 
increase the prices of our products and make us less competitive in some countries; 
fluctuations  in  exchange  rates  may  affect  demand  for  our  products  and  may  adversely  affect  our 
profitability in U.S. dollars to the extent the price of our products and cost of raw materials and labor are 
denominated in a foreign currency; 

●  difficulty with staffing and managing widespread operations; 
● 

complexity of, and costs relating to compliance with, the different commercial and legal requirements of 
the overseas markets in which we offer and sell our products; 
inability to obtain, maintain or enforce intellectual property rights; and 

● 
●  difficulty in enforcing agreements in foreign legal systems. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our business in foreign markets requires us to respond to rapid changes in market conditions in these countries. 
Our overall success as a global business depends, in part, on our ability to succeed in differing legal, regulatory, economic, 
social and political conditions. We may not be able to develop and implement policies and strategies that will be effective 
in each location where we do business, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. The current economic environment, particularly the macroeconomic pressures in certain European countries, 
may increase these risks. 

We anticipate that our contracts with our customers will generally include cancellation for convenience clauses that 
permit our customers to terminate the contract for their convenience; if a customer were to terminate its contract with 
us for convenience, this could materially adversely affect our business. 

We anticipate that our contracts with our customers will be structured as capital equipment contracts or capital 
equipment leases, and could include a cancellation for convenience clause, which we believe is relatively standard in these 
types of contracts. Cancellation for convenience clauses allow the customer to cancel the contract or lease at their option 
without cause prior to defined points in time, generally subject to a reasonable notice period. If any of our current or future 
customers were to cancel their contracts with us for convenience, such cancellation could adversely affect our business. 

Cyber-security breaches of our systems and information technology could adversely impact our ability to operate. 

We  utilize,  develop,  install  and  maintain  a  number  of  information  technology  systems.  Various  privacy  and 
security laws require us to protect sensitive and confidential information from disclosure. In addition, we are bound by our 
customers and other contracts, as well as our own business practices, to protect confidential and proprietary information 
(whether it be ours or a third party’s information entrusted to us) from disclosure. Our computer systems, as well as those 
of  our  customers,  contractors  and  other  vendors,  face  the  threat  of  unauthorized  access,  computer  hackers,  viruses, 
malicious  code,  cyber-attacks,  phishing  and  other  security  incursions  and  system  disruptions,  including  attempts  to 
improperly access our confidential and proprietary information as well as the confidential and proprietary information of 
our  customers  and  other  business  partners.  While  we  endeavor  to  maintain  industry-  accepted  security  measures  and 
technology to secure our computer systems and while we endeavor to ensure our cloud vendors that store our data maintain 
similar measures, these systems and the information stored on these systems may still be subject to threats. There can be 
no assurance that our efforts will prevent these threats. Further, as these security threats continue to evolve, we may be 
required  to  devote  additional  resources  to  protect,  prevent,  detect  and  respond  against  such  threats.  A  party  who 
circumvents  our  security  measures,  or  those  of  our  customers,  contractors  or  other  vendors,  could  misappropriate 
confidential or proprietary information, improperly manipulate data, or cause damage or interruptions to systems. Any of 
these events could damage our reputation, result in litigation and regulatory fines and penalties, or have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

Risks Related to Product Development and Commercialization 

Our engineering and product development costs are substantial and may increase in the future. 

Our engineering and product development costs primarily relate to our efforts to increase the output, durability 
and  commercial  viability  of our  products.  Our  engineering and product development costs  were  $4.3  million  and  $5.0 
million in fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively. It is our goal to fund the majority of our engineering and product development 
expenses, including cost sharing obligations under some of our customer contracts, over the next several years with sources 
of external funding, but we do not currently have any such committed sources of funding, and we may not be able to secure 
any such funding in the future. If we are unable to obtain external funding, our operations may be materially and adversely 
affected, and we may be required to curtail our engineering and product development expenses, among other consequences. 

We have only manufactured a limited number of PowerBuoys® and to date we have not produced PowerBuoys® in any 
significant  quantity  for  commercial  production.  Our  PowerBuoys®  may  not  have  a  sufficient  operating  history  to 
confirm how they will perform over their estimated useful life. 

We began developing and testing wave energy technology over 15 years ago. However, to date, we have only 
manufactured a limited number of PowerBuoys® for use in ocean testing and commercialization. The longest continuous 
in-ocean deployment of our PowerBuoy® was from December 2009 to January 2012. As a result, our PowerBuoys® may 
not have a sufficient operating history to confirm how they will perform over their estimated useful life. Our technology 
may  not  yet  have  demonstrated  that  our  engineering  and  test  results  can  be  duplicated  in  volume  or  in  commercial 
production.  If  our  PowerBuoy®  is  ultimately  proven  ineffective  or  unfeasible,  we  may  not  be  able  to  expand  our 
commercial production of our PowerBuoys® or we may become liable to our customers for quantities we are obligated but 
are unable to produce. If our PowerBuoys® perform below expectations, we could lose customers and face substantial 
repair  and  replacement  expenses  which  could  in  turn  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We face numerous accident and safety risks and hazards, including extreme environmental hazards, which are inherent 
in offshore operations. 

Portions  of  our  operations  are  subject  to  hazards  and  risks  inherent  in  the  building,  testing,  deploying  and 
maintenance of our products. These hazards and risks could result in personal injuries, loss of life, liberation of a product 
from its mooring due to extreme environmental conditions and damage caused by its drifting, and other damages which 
may  include  damage  to  our  properties,  including  our  products®,  and  the  properties  of  others  and  other  consequential 
damages,  and  could  lead  to  the  suspension  of  certain  of  our  operations,  large  damage  claims,  damage  to  our  safety 
reputation and a loss of business. Some of these risks may be uninsurable and some claims  may exceed our insurance 
coverage.  Therefore,  the  occurrence  of  a  significant  accident  or other  risk  event or  hazard  that  is not fully  covered  by 
insurance could materially and adversely affect our business and financial results and, even if fully covered by insurance, 
could materially and adversely affect our business due to the impact on our reputation for safety. In addition, the risks 
inherent in our business are such that we cannot assure that we will be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at 
reasonable rates. 

Our  relationships  with  our  strategic  partners  may  not  be  successful,  and  we  may  not  be  successful  in  establishing 
additional relationships, either of which could adversely affect our ability to commercialize our products and services. 

An important element of our business strategy is to enter into application development agreements and strategic 
alliances with companies committed to providing products and services which require in-ocean energy sources. Generally, 
these  types  of  relationships  obligate  us  to  provide  certain  services  or  perform  certain  tasks  in  connection  with  the 
relationship  with  the  alliance  partner,  and  we  are  generally  responsible  for  paying  the  costs  we  incur  relating  to  such 
services or tasks. These relationships generally are not expected to provide us with any revenues or sources of financing. 
If we are unable to reach agreements with additional suitable alliance partners, we may fail to meet our business objectives 
for the commercialization of our products. We may face significant competition in seeking appropriate alliance partners. 
Moreover,  these  development  agreements  and  strategic  alliances  are  complex  to  negotiate  and  time  consuming  to 
document.  We  may  not  be  successful  in  our  efforts  to  establish  additional  strategic  relationships  or  other  alternative 
arrangements.  The  terms  of  any  additional  strategic  relationships  or  other  arrangements  that  we  establish  may  not  be 
favorable to us. Furthermore, even if we are able to find, negotiate and enter into these relationships, such arrangements 
may be conditional upon our receipt of additional funding. There can be no assurance that we will receive such additional 
funding. In addition, strategic relationships may not be successful, and we may be unable to sell and market our products 
to these companies, their affiliates and customers in the future, or growth opportunities may not materialize. Any of which 
could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We have limited manufacturing experience. If we are unable to increase our manufacturing capacity in a cost-effective 
manner, our business will be materially harmed. 

We plan to manufacture key components of our products, including the PTO advanced control and generation 
systems, while outsourcing the manufacturing for other components of our products. However, we have only manufactured 
our  products  in  limited  quantities  for  use  in  development  and  testing  and  have  limited  commercial  manufacturing 
experience, and our work with our vendors has not included work on multiple orders on time-critical deadlines. Our future 
success depends on our ability to significantly increase both our manufacturing capacity and production throughput in a 
cost-effective and efficient manner, and to manage multiple vendors with several orders on specific deadlines. In order to 
meet our growth objectives, we will need to increase our engineering, contract management, and manufacturing staff. There 
is intense competition for hiring qualified technical and engineering personnel, and we have limited funding available to 
retain such additional staff. Therefore, we may not be able to hire a sufficient number of qualified personnel to allow us to 
meet our growth objectives. 

We may be unable to develop efficient, low-cost manufacturing capabilities and processes that enable us to meet 
the  quality,  price,  engineering,  design  and  production  standards  or  production  volumes  necessary  to  successfully 
commercialize  our  products.  If  we  cannot  do  so,  we  may  be  unable  to  expand  our  business,  satisfy  our  contractual 
obligations or become profitable. Even if we are successful in developing our manufacturing capabilities and processes, 
we may not be able to do so in time to meet our commercialization schedule or satisfy the requirements of our customers. 

Problems with the quality or performance of our products would adversely affect our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

Our agreements with customers will generally include guarantees with respect to the quality and performance of 
our  products.  Because  of  the  limited  operating  history  of  our  products,  we  have  been  required  to  make  analytical 
assumptions regarding the durability, reliability and performance of the systems, and we may not be able to predict whether 
and  to  what  extent  we  may  be  required  to  perform  under  the  guarantees  that  we  expect  to  give  our  customers.  Our 
assumptions  could  prove  to  be  materially  different  from  the  actual  performance  of  our  products,  causing  us  to  incur 
substantial expense to repair or replace defective systems in the future. We will bear the risk of claims long after we have 
sold our products and recognized revenue. Moreover, any widespread product failures could adversely affect our business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have not yet deployed a wave power array of two or more PowerBuoys® in a single geographic location. If we are 
unable to successfully deploy a multiple-system wave power array, our capability to generate revenues may be limited, 
and we may be unable to achieve and then maintain profitability. 

We have not yet deployed a wave power array of two or more PowerBuoys®. Whether we are able to do so is 
contingent upon, among other things, our ability to manufacture and produce multiple PowerBuoys® in a short period of 
time, receipt of required governmental permits, obtaining adequate financing, successful array design and implementation 
and, finally, successful deployment and connection of the PowerBuoys®. 

We have not yet conducted ocean testing or otherwise installed in the ocean a multiple-system wave power array. 
In  particular,  unlike  single-system  wave  power  arrays,  multiple-system  wave  power  arrays  may  require  the  use  of  an 
underwater  substation  to  connect  the  power  transmission  cables  from,  and  collect  the  electricity  generated  by,  each 
PowerBuoy® in the array. We have not yet deployed an underwater substation connected to multiple PowerBuoys®. In 
addition,  unanticipated  issues  may  arise  with  the  logistics  and  mechanics  of  deploying  and  maintaining  multiple 
PowerBuoys® at a single site and the additional equipment associated with these multiple system wave power arrays. 

The development and deployment of an array of PowerBuoys® could require us to incur significant expenses for 
preliminary engineering, permitting and other expenses before we can determine whether a project is feasible, economically 
attractive or capable of being financed. We may be unsuccessful in accomplishing any of these tasks or doing so on a 
timely basis. 

Our  future  success  in our  selected  markets  depends  in part on our ability  to  achieve  cost savings over  existing and 
incumbent solutions. If we are unable to achieve cost savings relating to our products, the commercial prospects for our 
products may be adversely affected. 

Our goal is to commercialize our products. Our success in meeting this objective depends, in part, on our ability 
to provide energy to our prospective customers at a cost savings over existing and incumbent power solutions already being 
utilized by our customers and potential customers. If we are unable to demonstrate to our prospective customers that our 
products are cost competitive with existing alternative power sources, or if it takes us longer to do so than we anticipate, 
we may be unable to continue our business, achieve commercialization of our products, achieve a competitive position, 
satisfy our contractual obligations, or become profitable. In addition, if the costs associated with these development efforts 
exceed our projections, our results of operations will be materially and adversely affected. 

We must continually improve existing products, design and sell new products and invest in research and development 
in order to compete effectively. 

The markets for our products are characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry standards and 
continuous improvements in products. Due to constant changes in our markets, future success depends on our ability to 
develop new technologies, products, processes and product applications. New product development and commercialization 
efforts, including efforts to enter markets or product categories in which we have limited or no prior experience, have 
inherent risks. These risks include the costs involved, such as development and commercialization, product development 
or launch delays, and the failure of new products and line extensions to achieve anticipated levels of market acceptance or 
growth in sales or operating income. We also face the risk that our competitors will introduce innovative new products that 
compete with our products. If new product development and commercialization efforts are not successful, our financial 
results could be adversely affected. 

Product  and  technological  developments  are  accomplished  primarily  through  internally-funded  R&D  projects. 
Because it is not generally possible to predict the amount of time required and costs involved in achieving certain R&D 
objectives, actual development costs may exceed budgeted amounts and estimated product development schedules may be 
extended. Our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected if: 

●  Product improvements are not completed on a timely basis; 
●  New products are not introduced on a timely basis or do not achieve sufficient market penetration; 
●  There are budget overruns or delays in R&D efforts; or 
●  New products experience reliability or quality problems, or otherwise do not meet customer preferences 

or requirements. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Risks Related to Intellectual Property 

If  we  are  unable  to  obtain  or  maintain  intellectual  property  rights  relating  to  our  technology  and  products,  the 
commercial value of our technology and products may be adversely affected, which could in turn adversely affect our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our success and ability to compete depends in part upon our ability to obtain protection in the U.S. and other 
countries for our products by establishing and maintaining intellectual property rights relating to or incorporated into our 
technology and products. We own a variety of patents and patent applications in the U.S. and corresponding patents and 
patent applications in several foreign jurisdictions. However, we have not obtained patent protection in each market in 
which we plan to compete. In addition, we do not know how successful we would be should we choose to assert our patents 
against  suspected  infringement  and  we  do  not  know  what  the  cost  to  do  so  would  be.  Our  pending  and  future  patent 
applications may not issue as patents or, if issued, may not issue in a form that will be advantageous to us. Even if issued, 
patents may be challenged, narrowed, invalidated or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from 
marketing similar products or limit the length of term of patent protection we may have for our products. Changes in either 
patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the U.S. and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual 
property or narrow the scope of our patent protection, which could in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition 
and results of operations. 

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary information and know-how, the value of our technology 
and products could be adversely affected, which could in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

In addition to patented technology, we rely upon unpatented proprietary technology, processes and know-how, 
particularly with respect to our PowerBuoy® control and electricity generating systems. We generally seek to protect this 
information in part by confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and third parties. These agreements may 
be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise 
become known or be independently developed by competitors. 

Foreign laws may not afford us sufficient protections for our intellectual property, and we may not be able to obtain 
patent protection outside of the United States. 

Intellectual property rights protection continues to present significant challenges to foreign businesses in many 
countries around the world. The body of law is often relatively undeveloped compared to the commercial law in the United 
States and only limited protection of intellectual property may be available in those jurisdictions. Although we have taken 
precautions to protect our intellectual property, any local design or manufacture of products that we undertake in a foreign 
jurisdiction could subject us to an increased risk that unauthorized parties will be able to copy or otherwise obtain or use 
our intellectual property, which could harm our business. We may also have limited legal recourse in the event we encounter 
patent or trademark infringement. If we are unable to manage our intellectual property rights, our business and operating 
results may be seriously harmed. 

If we infringe or are alleged to have infringed upon intellectual property rights of third parties, our business, financial 
condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. 

Our products or use of our trademarks may infringe, or be claimed to infringe, upon patents, patent applications 
or trademarks under which we do not hold licenses or other rights. Third parties may own or control these patents, patent 
applications or trademarks in the United States and abroad. Third parties could bring claims against us that would cause us 
to incur substantial expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could cause us to pay substantial damages. Further, if 
a patent or trademark infringement suit were brought against us, we could be forced to stop or delay manufacturing or sales 
of the product or component that is the subject of the suit. 

As a result of patent or trademark infringement claims, or in order to avoid potential claims, we may choose or be 
required to seek a license from the third party and be required to pay license fees, royalties or both. These licenses may not 
be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, the rights may be non-exclusive, which 
could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we could be forced to cease 
some aspect of our business operations if, as a result of actual or threatened patent or trademark infringement claims, we 
are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms. This could significantly and adversely affect our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

In  addition  to  infringement  claims  against  us,  we  may  become  a  party  to  other  types  of  patent  or  trademark 
litigation and other proceedings, including proceedings declared by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and proceedings 
in the European Patent Office, regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology. The cost 
to  us  of  any  patent  or  trademark  litigation  or  other  proceeding,  even  if  resolved  in  our  favor,  could  be  substantial.  In 
addition, if we were to license our intellectual property to others, we may be required to indemnify our licensee if the 
licensed intellectual property is found to be infringing on a third party’s rights. Some of our competitors may be able to 
sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  contracts  with  governmental  entities  could  negatively  affect  our  intellectual  property  rights,  and  our  ability  to 
commercialize our products could be impaired. 

Our  prior  agreements  with  government  agencies  in  large  part  funded  the  research  and  development  of  our 
PowerBuoy®. When new technologies are developed with U.S. government funding, the government obtains certain rights 
in any resulting patents, technical data and software, generally including, at a minimum, a non-exclusive license authorizing 
the government to use the invention, technical data or software for non-commercial purposes. These rights may permit the 
government to disclose our confidential information to third parties and to exercise “march-in” rights. March-in rights refer 
to the right of the U.S. government to require us to grant a license to the technology to a responsible applicant or, if we 
refuse, the government may grant the license itself. U.S. government-funded inventions must be reported to the government 
and U.S. government funding must be disclosed in any resulting patent applications; our rights in such inventions will 
normally  be  subject  to  government  license  rights,  periodic  post-contract  utilization  reporting,  foreign  manufacturing 
restrictions and march-in rights. 

The government can exercise its march-in rights if it determines that action is necessary because we fail to achieve 
practical  application  of  the  technology  or  because  action  is  necessary  to  alleviate  health  or  safety  needs,  to  meet 
requirements of federal regulations or to give preference to U.S. industry. Our government-sponsored research contracts 
are subject to audit and require that we provide regular written technical updates on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis, 
and, at the conclusion of the research contract, a final report on the results of our technical research. Because these reports 
are  generally  available  to  the  public,  third  parties  may  obtain  some  aspects  of  our  sensitive  confidential  information. 
Moreover, if we fail to provide these reports or to provide accurate or complete reports, the government may obtain rights 
to any intellectual property arising from the related research. Funding from government contracts also may limit when and 
how  we  can  deploy  our  technology  developed  under  those  contracts.  Foreign  governments  with  which  we  contract  to 
provide funding for our research and development may seek similar rights. 

Risks Related to Regulatory and Compliance Matters 

If we are unable to obtain all necessary regulatory permits and approvals, it could be possible we will not be able to 
implement our planned projects or business plan. 

Offshore deployment of our PowerBuoy® is heavily regulated. Each of our deployments is subject to multiple 
permitting  and  approval  requirements.  We  are  dependent  on  state,  federal  and  regional  government  agencies  for  such 
permits  and  approvals.  Due  to  the  unique  nature  of  in-ocean  power  generation  and  the  associated  potential  for 
environmental  hazards  of  PowerBuoy®  deployment,  we  expect  our  projects  to  receive  close  scrutiny  by  permitting 
agencies, approval authorities and the public, which could result in substantial delay in the permitting process. Successful 
challenges by any parties opposed to our deployments could result in increased costs, or in the denial of necessary permits 
and approvals. 

If we are unable to obtain necessary permits and approvals in connection with any or all of our projects, those 
projects would not be implemented, and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely 
affected. Further, we cannot assure you that we have been or will be at all times in complete compliance with all such 
permits and approvals. If we violate or fail to comply with these permits and approvals, we could be fined or otherwise 
sanctioned by regulators. 

In the event we are unable to satisfy regulatory requirements relating to internal control over financial reporting, or if 
our internal controls are not effective, our business and financial results may suffer. 

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reasonable assurance with respect to our financial reports 
and  to  effectively  prevent  fraud.  Pursuant  to  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  we  are  required  to  furnish  a  report  by 
management on internal control over financial reporting, including management’s assessment of the effectiveness of such 
control. Internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of its inherent limitations, 
including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud. Therefore, even effective 
internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial 
statements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to 
future periods are subject to the risk that the control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the 
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal 
controls,  including  any  failure  to  implement  new  or  improved  controls,  or  if  we  experience  difficulties  in  their 
implementation, our business and operating results could be harmed, we could fail to meet our reporting obligations, and 
there could also be a material adverse effect on our stock price. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our business could suffer as a result of the United Kingdom’s decision to end its membership in the European Union. 

The  decision of  the  United  Kingdom  (U.K.)  to  exit  from  the European  Union  (E.U.)  (generally  referred  to  as 
“BREXIT”)  could  cause  disruptions  to  and  create  uncertainty  surrounding  our  business,  including  affecting  our 
relationships with existing and potential customers, suppliers and employees. The effects of BREXIT will depend on any 
agreements the U.K. makes to retain access to E.U. markets. The measures could potentially disrupt some of our target 
markets and jurisdictions in which we operate, and adversely change tax benefits or liabilities in these or other jurisdictions. 
In addition, BREXIT could lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations as the U.K. 
determines which E.U. laws to replace or replicate. BREXIT also may create global economic uncertainty, which may 
cause our customers and potential customers to monitor their costs and reduce their budgets for our products and services. 
Any of these effects of BREXIT, among others, could materially adversely affect our business, business opportunities, 
results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. 

A  portion  of  products  we  acquire  from  our  suppliers  are  manufactured  in  foreign  countries,  making  the  price  and 
availability of these products subject to international trade risks and other international conditions. 

A portion of our parts for our products are sourced from foreign countries, some of which in the future are or 
could become subject to trade restrictions, including increased tariffs or quotas, embargoes and customs restrictions, which 
would increase the cost or could reduce the supply of products available to us, and could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. Tariffs on imports from foreign countries, as well as changes in 
tax and trade policies, such as a border adjustment tax or disallowance of certain tax deductions for imported product, could 
materially increase our manufacturing costs, the costs of our imported products or our income tax expense, which would 
have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Tariffs imposed by foreign countries on 
imports of our products could also adversely affect our international sales. Any increase in manufacturing costs, the cost 
of our products or limitation on the amount of products we are able to purchase, could have a material adverse effect on 
our financial condition and results of operations. 

Business  activities  conducted  by  our  third-party  contractors  and  us  involve  the  use  of  hazardous  materials,  which 
require compliance with environmental and occupational safety laws regulating the use of such materials. If we violate 
these laws, we could be subject to significant fines, liabilities or other adverse consequences. 

Our  manufacturing  operations,  particularly  some  of  the  activities  undertaken  by  our  third-party  suppliers  and 
manufacturers,  involve  the  controlled use of hazardous materials.  These  include  batteries  for  the PB3, propane for  the 
hybrid and various lubricants and oils. Accordingly, our third-party contractors and we are subject to foreign, federal, state 
and local laws governing the protection of the environment and human health and safety, including those relating to the 
use, handling and disposal of these materials. We cannot completely eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury 
from these hazardous materials. In the event of an accident or failure to comply with environmental or health and safety 
laws and regulations, we could be held liable for resulting damages, including damages to natural resources, fines and 
penalties, and any such liability could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent 
over time. While we have budgeted for future capital and operating expenditures to maintain compliance, we cannot assure 
you that environmental laws and regulations will not change or become more stringent in the future. Therefore, we cannot 
assure you that our costs of complying with current and future environmental and health and safety laws, and any liabilities 
arising from past or future releases of, or exposure to, hazardous substances will not adversely affect our business, financial 
condition or results of operations. 

Risks Related to Litigation 

We are the subject of pending litigation, which is costly and time-consuming to defend, and if decided against us, could 
require us to pay substantial judgments or settlements. We may be the subject of future securities or other litigation, 
which could adversely affect our company, our business and our liquidity. 

We are the subject of certain pending litigation. Any litigation is costly, and time consuming to defend and may 
distract our management from the daily operations of our business. We may be the subject of additional future litigation, 
which could adversely affect our company, our business and our liquidity. Although we maintain insurance coverage, we 
cannot  assure  you  that  this  insurance  coverage  will  be  sufficient  to  cover  the  substantial  fees  of  lawyers  and  other 
professionals advisors relating to these pending lawsuits or any future litigation, our obligations to indemnify our officers 
and directors who may become parties to such pending and future actions, or the amount of any judgments or settlements 
that we may be obligated to pay in connection with these lawsuits. In addition, these actions have caused our insurance 
premiums and retention amounts to increase, and we may be subject to additional increases in the future or be subjected to 
other changes in our insurance coverages. Further, given the volatility of the market price of our Common Stock, we may 
be subject to future class action securities and other litigation. Accordingly, we have incurred and may continue to incur 
substantial legal expenses, judgments and/or settlements relating to pending and future litigation and our management’s 
time and attention may be diverted from the operation of our business, which could materially and adversely affect the 
Company. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may become the target of additional securities litigation, which is costly and time-consuming to defend. 

In the past, companies that experience significant volatility in the market price of their publicly-traded securities 
have  become  subject  to  class  action  securities  litigation.  Our  stock  price  has  been  volatile,  and  class  action  securities 
litigation and derivative lawsuits have been filed against us and it is possible that additional lawsuits could be brought 
against us in the future. The results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict. These lawsuits assert types of 
claims that, if resolved against us, could give rise to substantial damages, and an unfavorable outcome or settlement of 
these lawsuits, or any future lawsuits, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of 
operations and/or stock price. Even if any future lawsuits, are not resolved against us, the costs of defending such lawsuits 
may be material to our business and our operations. Moreover, these lawsuits may divert our management’s attention from 
the  operation  of  our  business.  For  more  information  on  our  legal  proceedings,  see  Item  3  “Legal  Proceedings”  of  this 
Annual Report and Note 15 “Commitments and Contingencies - Litigation” in the accompanying consolidated financial 
statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2020. 

Risks Related to Our Common Stock 

If we issue additional shares of our equity securities in the future, our stockholders may experience substantial dilution 
in the value of their investment or their ownership interest. 

Our certificate of incorporation currently authorizes us to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of our common stock 
and to issue and designate the rights of, without stockholder approval, up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. In the 
future,  in  order  to  raise  additional  capital,  we  may  offer  additional  shares  of  our  common  stock  or  other  securities 
convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock at prices that may not be the same as the price per share paid by 
other investors, and dilution to our stockholders in the value of their investment and their ownership and voting interest in 
the Company could result. We may sell shares or other securities in any other offering at a price per share that is less than 
the price per share paid by existing investors, and investors purchasing shares or other securities in the future could have 
rights superior to existing stockholders. 

In addition, we have a significant number of stock options and warrants outstanding. To the extent that outstanding 
stock options or warrants have been or may be exercised or other shares issued, current stockholders and future investors 
who have purchased our common stock will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional 
capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or 
future operating plans. To the extent that we issue new securities or raise additional capital through the sale of equity or 
convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders or result in 
downward pressure on the price of our common stock. 

Historically, our stock price has been volatile, and this is likely to continue; purchasers of our common stock could 
incur substantial losses as a result. 

Historically,  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock  has  fluctuated  significantly,  and  we  expect  that  this  will 
continue. Purchasers of our common stock could incur substantial losses relating to their investment in our stock as a result. 
For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2020, the 52-week low and high prices for our common stock was $0.33 and $2.84, 
respectively.  Also,  the  stock  market  in  general  has  recently  experienced  volatility  that  has  often  been  unrelated  or 
disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations could result in 
fluctuations in the price of our common stock, which could cause purchasers of our common stock to incur substantial 
losses. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including: 

●  developments in our business or with respect to our projects; 
the success of competitive products or technologies; 
● 
● 
regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries; 
●  developments or disputes concerning patents or other proprietary rights; 
● 
●  quarterly  or  annual  variations  in  our  financial  results  or  those  of  companies  that  are  perceived  to  be 

the recruitment or departure of key personnel; 

similar to us; 

●  market conditions in the conventional and renewable energy industries and issuance of new or changed 

securities analysts’ reports or recommendations; 
the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock or changes in financial estimates by analysts; 
the inability to meet the financial estimates of analysts who follow our common stock; 
investor perception of our company and of our targeted markets; and 

● 
● 
● 
●  general economic, political and market conditions. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Provisions  in  our  corporate  charter  documents  and  under  Delaware  law  may  delay  or  prevent  attempts  by  our 
stockholders to change our management and hinder efforts to acquire a controlling interest in us. 

As a result of our reincorporation in Delaware in April 2007, provisions of our certificate of incorporation and 
bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider 
favorable,  including  transactions  in  which our  stockholders  might otherwise receive  a  premium  for  their  shares.  These 
provisions  may  also  prevent  or  frustrate  attempts  by  our  stockholders  to  replace  or  remove  our  management.  These 
provisions include: 

● 
● 
● 

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations; 
the inability of stockholders to act by written consent or to call special meetings; and 
the ability of our Board of Directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock 
without stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a “poison pill” that would work to dilute 
the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, effectively preventing acquisitions that have not been 
approved by our Board of Directors. 

The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of our shares of capital stock entitled to vote is necessary to 
amend or repeal the above provisions of our certificate of incorporation. In addition, absent the approval of our Board of 
Directors, our bylaws may only be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of our shares 
of capital stock entitled to vote. 

In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation 
from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, which is generally a person who together with its 
affiliates owns or within the last three years has owned 15% of our voting stock, for a period of three years after the date 
of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a 
prescribed manner. Accordingly, Section 203 may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company. 

If  securities  or  industry  analysts  fail  to  cover  us,  or  do  not  publish  research  or  publish  unfavorable  or  inaccurate 
research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline. 

The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities 
analysts  may  publish  about us,  our  business  or  our  industry  from  time  to  time.  If  one  or  more  of  these  analysts cease 
coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which 
in turn could cause the price or trading volume of our common stock to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts 
who cover our company downgrade our common stock or release a negative report, or if our operating results do not meet 
analyst expectations, the price of our common stock could decline. 

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the 
foreseeable future. 

We  have  not  paid  any  cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock  to  date.  We  currently  intend  to  retain  our  future 
earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements 
may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be the sole 
source of gain for our stockholders for the foreseeable future. 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES 

Our  corporate  headquarters  are  currently  located  in  Monroe  Township,  New  Jersey,  where  we  occupy 
approximately  56,000  square  feet  under  a  lease  expiring  on  October  31,  2024.  We  use  this  facility  for  administration, 
research and development, as well as assembly and testing of our products. 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

Employment Litigation 

On June 10, 2014, the Company announced that it had terminated Charles Dunleavy as its Chief Executive Officer 
and as an employee of the Company for cause, effective June 9, 2014, and that Mr. Dunleavy had also been removed from 
his position as Chairman of the Board of Directors. On June 17, 2014, Mr. Dunleavy wrote to the Company stating that he 
had retained counsel to represent him in connection with an alleged wrongful termination of his employment. On July 28, 
2014,  Mr.  Dunleavy  resigned  from  the  Board  and  the  boards  of  directors  of  the  Company’s  subsidiaries.  In  2014,  the 
Company  and  Mr.  Dunleavy  entered  into  a  tolling  agreement  with  respect  to  his  alleged  employment  claims  pending 
resolution  of  a  securities  class  action  and  shareholder  derivative  litigation.  The  securities  class  action  was  resolved  in 
November 2017 and the derivatives litigation was resolved in June 2018. 

26 

 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On August 28, 2018, counsel for Mr. Dunleavy filed a demand for arbitration, captioned Charles F. Dunleavy v. 
Ocean Power Technologies, Inc., Case No. 01-18-0003-2374, before the American Arbitration Association in New Jersey. 
The demand names Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. as the respondent and alleges various claims and seeks declaratory 
relief and permanent injunction. The demand seeks damages in the amount of $5 million for compensatory and punitive 
damages, plus interest and attorneys’ fees as well as certain equitable relief. On November 8, 2018, the Company through 
counsel responded to the demand for arbitration, denied all allegations, and asserted various affirmative defenses. On April 
5, 2019, a three-person arbitration panel scheduled the discovery process to run from April 12, 2019 until November 9, 
2019, set a pre-hearing case management conference for October 14, 2019, and set the hearing for December 9-13, 2019 
in Princeton, New Jersey. On September 30, 2019, the parties completed the factual discovery process and the Company 
identified its expert witnesses. On October 14, 2019, the parties participated in a pre-hearing case management conference 
with arbitration panel and altered slightly the dates for the hearing. The hearing was conducted in Princeton, New Jersey 
between  December  9-11,  2019,  and  between  December  16-18,  2019,  and  on  December  18,  2019  the  panel  decided  to 
continue the hearing for at least another day. The final day of hearing has now been scheduled for July 15, 2020, and the 
hearing will be conducted in Princeton, New Jersey. As of April 30, 2020, the Company has not accrued any provision 
related to this matter since it is not probable and cannot reasonably estimate the loss contingency. 

NASDAQ Delisting Notification 

On  March 3, 2020,  the  Company received a notification  from  the  NASDAQ  Stock  Market  (the  “NASDAQ”) 
indicating that the minimum bid price of the Company’s common stock has been below $1.00 per share for 30 consecutive 
business days and as a result, the Company is not in compliance with the minimum bid price requirement for continued 
listing. The NASDAQ notice has no immediate effect on the listing or trading of the Company’s common stock. Under the 
NASDAQ Listing Rules, the Company has a grace period of 180 calendar days, or until August 31, 2020, in which to 
regain compliance with the minimum bid price rule. To regain compliance, the closing bid price of the Company’s common 
stock must meet or exceed $1.00 per share for a minimum of ten consecutive business days during this grace period. On 
April 20, 2020, the Company received a written notice from NASDAQ indicating that, as a result of the tolling of the bid 
price requirements due to COVID-19, the period within which the Company has to regain compliance was extended from 
August 31, 2020 to November 13, 2020. 

Spain Income Tax Audit 

The Company is currently undergoing an income tax audit in Spain for the period from 2011 to 2014, the Spanish 
tax inspector has raised questions with respect to the Company’s recognition of funds received during this time period from 
a governmental grant from the European Commission in connection with the Waveport project. It is anticipated that we 
will be assessed a penalty relating to these tax years. The Company has estimated this penalty to be $177,000 and as of 
April 30, 2020 and 2019 has recorded the penalty in Accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

None. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM  5.  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Stockholders 

Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, under the symbol “OPTT.” As of June 23, 2020, there 
were 139 holders of record for shares of our common stock. Since a portion of our common stock is held in “street” or 
nominee name, we are unable to determine the exact number of beneficial holders. 

Dividend Policy 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not currently anticipate 
declaring or paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all of our 
future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination relating to our 
dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including 
future  earnings,  capital  requirements,  financial  conditions,  future  prospects,  contractual  restrictions  and  covenants  and 
other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. 

Transfer Agent Information 

Our transfer agent is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. Computershare is located at 250 Royall Street, Canton, 
MA 02021-1011. Its contact information is: United States and Canada: (800) 662 - 7232, International (781) 575 - 4238 
and its website is located at www.computershare.com. 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer 

The following table details our share repurchases for the three months ended April 30, 2020: 

Period 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased 

Average Price 
Paid per Share       

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced 
Plans 

Approximate 
Dollar Value of 
Shares that 
May Yet Be 
Purchased 
Under the Plan   

February 1 - February 29 .............................       
March 1 - March 31 .....................................       
April 1 - April 30 .........................................       

-      $ 
-      $ 
-      $ 

-        
-        
-        

-        
-        
-        

-   
-   
-   

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

See “Part III, Item 12- Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Management and Related Stockholder 

Matters- Equity Compensation Plan Information.” 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds 

On  August  13,  2018,  we  issued  to  Aspire  Capital  21,428  shares  of  our  common  stock  as  a  commitment  fee 
pursuant to the terms of a common stock purchase agreement dated August 13, 2018. The agreement was cancelled on 
October 24, 2019, and as of that date, we sold 162,162 shares of common stock with an aggregate market value of $949,259 
at an average price of $5.85 per share. 

On October 24, 2019, we issued to Aspire Capital 194,805 shares of common stock as a commitment fee pursuant 
to the terms of a common stock purchase agreement dated October 24, 2019. As of April 30, 2020, we have sold 1,399,205 
shares of common stock with an aggregate market value of $1,145,994 at an average price of $0.82 per share pursuant to 
this agreement with Aspire Capital. 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

Not Applicable. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
  
  
      
      
      
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND  RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together 
with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this 
Annual Report. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this Annual 
Report,  including  information  with  respect  to  our  plans  and  strategy  for  our  business  and  related  financing,  includes 
forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks  and  uncertainties.  You  should  review  the  “Risk  Factors”  section  of  this 
Annual Report, and elsewhere in this report, for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ 
materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion 
and analysis. Our fiscal year ends on April 30. References to fiscal 2020 are to the fiscal year ended April 30, 2020. 

Business Update Regarding COVID-19 

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company in March 2020 put in place a number of protective measures 
in response to the COVID-19 outbreak. These measures included the canceling of all commercial air travel and all other 
non-critical travel, requesting that employees limit non-essential personal travel, eliminating all but essential third-party 
access  to our  facilities, enhancing our facility janitorial and sanitary  procedures,  encouraging  employees  to work from 
home  to  the  extent  their  job  function  enables  them  to  do  so,  encouraging  the  use  of  virtual  employee  meetings,  and 
providing staggered shifts and social distancing measures for those employees associated with manufacturing operations. 

The  current  COVID-19  pandemic  has  presented  substantial  health  and  economic  risks,  uncertainties  and 
challenges to our business, the global economy and financial markets. It is not currently possible to predict how long the 
pandemic will last or the time it will take for economies to return to prior levels. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts 
our business, operations, financial results and financial condition, and those of our suppliers and customers will depend on 
future developments which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with certainty or clarity, including the duration 
and continuing severity of the outbreak and additional government actions to contain COVID-19. The volatility caused in 
the  stock  markets  by  the pandemic  may  make  it  difficult for  the  Company  to  raise  capital.  In  March  2020,  one  of  the 
Company’s customers cancelled a portion of their contract due to the outbreak of COVID-19. The Company has delayed 
the deployment of its PB3 PowerBouy® in Chile from April, 2020 to September, 2020 due to travel restrictions imposed 
by the U.S. and Chile. For additional information on various uncertainties and risks posed by the COVID-19 pandemic, 
see Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this report. 

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, on March 27, 2020, the U.S. Government passed into law the Coronavirus 
Aid,  Relief  and  Economic  Security  Act,  or  the  (“CARES  Act”).  On  May  3,  2020,  the  Company  signed  a  Paycheck 
Protection Program (“PPP”) loan with Santander Bank, N.A. (“Santander”) as the lender for $890,347 in support through 
the Small Business Association (“SBA”) under the PPP Loan. The PPP Loan is unsecured and evidenced by a note in favor 
of Santander as the lender (the “Note”) and governed by a Loan Agreement with Santander (the “Loan Agreement”). The 
Company received the proceeds on May 5, 2020. The SBA allows loan forgiveness for costs incurred and paid for a) payroll 
costs, b) interest on any real or personal property mortgage incurred prior to February 15, 2020, c) rent on any lease in 
force prior to February 15, 2020, and d) utility payments for which service began before February 15, 2020. Additional 
information on the Company’s liquidity and going concern can be found in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
and under Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this report. 

Overview 

We aspire to transform the world through innovative ocean-energy solutions. We are a marine power solutions 
provider  that  designs,  manufactures,  sells  and  services  our  products  while  working  closely  with  partners  that  provide 
payloads, integration services, and marine installation capabilities. Our solutions provide distributed offshore power which 
is persistent, reliable, and economical along with power and communications for remote surface and subsea applications. 
Our mission and purpose is to utilize our proprietary, state-of-the-art technologies to reduce the global carbon footprint by 
providing renewable solutions for reliable electrical power and, in so doing, drive demand for our products and services, 
thus realizing positive stockholder returns. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We also continue to develop and commercialize our proprietary systems that generate electricity by harnessing 
the renewable energy of ocean waves for our PowerBuoy, and solar power for our newest product, the hybrid PowerBuoy. 
The  PB3  PowerBuoy® uses proprietary  technologies  that convert  the kinetic  energy  created by  the heaving  motion  of 
ocean waves into electricity. Based on feedback from our current customers, discussions with potential future customers 
in  the  offshore  oil  and  gas,  defense  and  security,  science  and  research  and  communications,  as  well  as  government 
applications in fishery protection, together with our market research and publicly available data, we believe that numerous 
markets have a direct need for our solutions. While our recent projects have been in the oil and gas industry, we believe 
there is an increasing need for our products and solutions in areas such as fishery protection, offshore windfarm support, 
marine surveillance, and ocean-based laboratories. We believe that having demonstrated the capability of our solutions we 
can advance our product and services and gain further adoption from our target markets. Our marketing efforts are focused 
on  offshore  locations  that  require  a  cost-  efficient  solution  for  renewable,  reliable  and  persistent  power  and 
communications, either by supplying electric power to payloads that are integrated directly with our product or located in 
its vicinity, such as on the seabed and in the water column. We believe we are the leader in offshore autonomous ocean 
wave power conversion technology which provides renewable power for offshore operations that were previously difficult 
to decarbonize. 

Our achievements during fiscal 2020 included the Company’s first commercial sale of a PB3 to Enel Green Power 
(“EGP”). We continued work on projects with Premier Oil (“PMO”) and Eni S.p.A. (“Eni”) and commenced work with 
the U.S. Navy Small Business Innovation Research (“U.S. SBIR”) program, and a leading oil & gas operator. During the 
fiscal year, the Company continued development of the hybrid and its subsea battery solutions. The Company also signed 
a  memorandum  of  understanding  with  Modus  Seabed  Intervention  Ltd.  (“Modus”)  to  develop  and  deliver  innovative 
solutions including a combined AUV charging station which will be able to utilize the PowerBuoy® system for topside 
charging and communications. 

We were incorporated in New Jersey in 1984, began business operations in 1994, and were re-incorporated in 
Delaware in 2007. We currently have five wholly-owned subsidiaries: Ocean Power Technologies Ltd., organized under 
the laws of the United Kingdom, Reedsport OPT Wave Park LLC, organized under the laws of Oregon, and Oregon Wave 
Energy  Partners  I,  LLC,  organized  under  the  laws  of  Delaware,  Ocean  Power  Technologies  (Australasia)  Pty  Ltd 
(“OPTA”), organized under the laws of Australia. OPTA owns 100% of Victorian Wave Partners Pty. Ltd. (“VWP”), which 
is also organized under the laws of Australia. 

Our Products 

PB3 PowerBuoy® 

The PB3 generates electricity by harnessing the renewable energy of ocean waves. In addition to our PB3, we 
continue to develop our PowerBuoy® product line including our turnkey surveillance system, the hybrid and the subsea 
battery. 

The PB3 features a unique onboard power take-off (“PTO”) system, which incorporates both energy storage and 
energy management and control systems. The PB3 generates a nominal name-plated capacity rating of up to a nominal 3 
kilowatts  of  peak  power  during  recharging  of  the  onboard  batteries.  Power  generation  is  deployment-site  dependent 
whereby average power generated can increase substantially at very active sites. Our standard ESS has an energy capacity 
of  up  to  a  nominal  150  kilowatt-hours  to  meet  specific  application  requirements.  We  believe  there  is  a  substantial 
addressable market for the current capabilities of our PB3, which we believe could be utilized in a variety of applications. 

The PB3 is designed to generate power for use independent of the power grid in remote offshore locations. The 
hull consists of a main spar structure loosely moored to the seabed and surrounded by a floating annular-structure that can 
freely move up and down in response to the passage of the waves. The PTO system includes a mechanical actuating system, 
an electrical generator, a power electronics system, our control system, and our ESS which are sealed within the hull. As 
ocean waves pass the PB3, the mechanical stroke action created by the rising and falling of the waves is converted into 
rotational mechanical energy by the PTO, which in turn, drives the electric generator. The power electronics system then 
conditions the electrical output which is collected within an ESS. The operation of the PB3 is controlled by our customized, 
proprietary control system. 

The  control  system  uses  sensors  and  an  onboard  computer  to  continuously  monitor  the  PB3  subsystems.  We 
believe that this ability to optimize and manage the electric power output of the PB3 is a significant advantage of our 
technology. In the event of large storm waves, the control system automatically locks the PB3 and electricity generation is 
suspended. However, the load center (either the on-board payload or one in the vicinity of the PB3 may continue to receive 
power from the ESS. When wave heights return to normal operating conditions, the control system automatically unlocks 
the PB3 and electricity generation and ESS replenishment recommences. This safety feature helps to prevent the PB3 from 
being damaged by storms. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The PB3 can be transported over land to the deployment port using conventional transportation methods. Once at 
port, the PB3 can be lifted into the water or onboard a vessel using a readily available crane of appropriate capacity. The 
PB3 may then be towed to site using a standard vessel (if the location is within an appropriate distance from the port), or 
the PB3 may be carried aboard a vessel to its offshore location and craned into the water at site. The PB3 is then attached 
to the mooring system, which is installed during a separate operation, after which a brief commissioning process places the 
PB3 into operation. 

We believe that using wave energy for electricity generation has the following potential benefits, compared to 

existing incumbent solutions. 

●  Scalability within a small site area. Due to the dense energy in ocean waves, we believe that 
the electricity may be aggregated to supply electricity to larger payloads as a result of multiple 
PB3 which are placed in an array, occupying a relatively small area. We believe the array of a 
larger number of PB3 could offer end users a variety of advantages in availability, reliability 
and scalability. 

●  Predictability. The generation of power from wave energy can be forecasted several days in 
advance. Available wave energy can be calculated with a high degree of accuracy based on 
satellite images and meteorological data, even when the wave field is hundreds of miles away 
and days from reaching a PB3. Therefore, we believe end-users relying on PB3 for power may 
be able to proactively plan their logistics, payload scheduling and other operational activities 
based on such data, 

●  Constant source of energy. The annual occurrence of waves at certain specific sites can be 
relatively  constant  and  defined  with  relatively  high  accuracy.  Based  on  our  studies  and 
analyses  of  various  sites  of  interest,  we  believe  that  we  will  be  able  to  deploy  our  PB3  in 
locations where the waves could produce usable electricity for the majority of the year. 

Based on our market research and publicly available data, including but not limited to the U.S. Department of 
Energy (“DOE”) 2019 Powering the Blue Economy Report, the Westwood Energy World ROV Operations Forecast 2019-
2023, and the World Bank Database, we believe that numerous markets have a direct need for our PB3 including offshore 
oil and gas, defense and security, science and research and communications, as well as government applications in fishery 
protection. Depending on payload power requirements, sensor types and other considerations, we have found that our PB3 
could  satisfy  several  application  requirements  within  these  markets.  We  believe  that  the  PB3  consistently  generates 
sufficient power to meet the requirements of many potential customer applications within our target markets, and that the 
hybrid could provide ample power in geographies where wave conditions may not be sufficient to allow the PB3 to generate 
sufficient power on its own for load center requirements. 

hybrid PowerBuoy® 

The Company has created a hybrid PowerBuoy® that is a solar powered and liquid-fueled surface buoy, compared 
to the wave power generating PB3. The hybrid is powered primarily through solar panels with liquid-fueled back-up and 
is capable of providing reliable power in remote offshore locations, regardless of ocean wave conditions. We believe this 
product is to be highly complementary to the PB3 by providing the Company the opportunity to address a broader spectrum 
of customer deployment needs, including low-wave environments, with the potential for greater product integration within 
each customer project. It is primarily intended for shorter term deployment applications such as electric remotely operated 
vehicle  (“eROV”)  or  (“ROV”)  and  AUV  inspections  and  short-term  maintenance,  topside  surveillance  and 
communications, and subsea equipment and controls. The hybrid is anticipated to be quickly deployable and cost-effective 
solution. The design has a high payload capacity for communications and surveillance, with the capability of being tethered 
to subsea payloads such as batteries, or with a conventional anchor mooring system. The hybrid generates power from both 
an  array  of  solar  panels  and  an  efficient,  clean  burning  1kW  Stirling  engine  fueled  by  liquid  propane  (or  biofuel  for 
Generation 2). This energy is stored in onboard batteries which power the aforementioned subsea and topside payloads. 
The Company has designed the hybrid with a Stirling engine backup system to outperform traditional diesel buoys, which 
we believe have more frequent service and refueling intervals and higher carbon intensities. We believe the hybrid will be 
able to operate over a broader range of temperature and ocean wave conditions than existing diesel buoys. 

The towable, boat-shaped hull design of the hybrid is appropriate for deployment anywhere in the world. Power 
is generated independent of wave activity, making it a perfect solution for providing power through extreme weather and 
in heaving seas, or in calm, low wave environments and is complimentary to the PB3. 

As with the PB3, the control system uses sensors and an onboard computer to continuously monitor the hybriud 
subsystems. We believe that this ability to optimize and manage the electric power output of the hybrid is a significant 
advantage of our technology. In the event of extended cloudy periods, the control system automatically switches electricity 
generation from the solar panels to the backup engine. However, the load center (either the on-board payload or one in the 
vicinity of the hybrid may continue to receive power from the on-board ESS. When more suitable solar power generation 
conditions return, the control system automatically stops the backup up engine and ESS replenishment recommences by 
way of solar electricity generation. 

31 

 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The hybrid is designed for use with a single point umbilical and mooring but can be adapted for a 3-point mooring 

installation for use as a temporary replacement for PB3 installations during planned maintenance or repairs. 

The hybrid can be transported over land to the deployment port using conventional transportation methods. Once 
at port, the hybrid can be lifted into the water or onboard a vessel using a readily available crane of appropriate capacity. 
The hybrid may then be towed to site using a standard vessel (if the location is within an appropriate distance from the 
port), or the hybrid may be carried aboard a vessel to its offshore location and craned into the water at site. The hybrid is 
then  attached  to  the  single  point  mooring  system,  which  is  installed  during  a  separate  operation,  after  which  a  brief 
commissioning process places the hybrid into operation. 

The  hybrid  is  configured  with  a  nominal  30  kilowatt-hours  of  battery  energy  storage  and  approximately  1 
megawatt-hour  of  stored  energy  in  the  propane  system.  While  the  batteries  are  primarily  charged  through  solar  power 
generation,  the  propane  powered  Stirling  engine  system  on  the  hybrid  can  be  considered  reserve  energy  storage,  with 
propane having a much higher energy storage density than lithium-ion batteries. It can be utilized when needed based on 
load demand and will provide approximately 1megawatt-hour of stored energy capacity. Our research suggests this amount 
of stored energy offers an attractive local, autonomous energy solution for clients in a range of industries, including but 
not limited to oil and gas and marine observation, particularly for shorter term deployments. 

Subsea Battery 

We are also developing a subsea battery that is complementary to both of our PowerBuoy® products and can be 
deployed together with our PowerBuoys® or on its own. It offers customers the option of placing additional modular and 
expandable energy storage on the seabed near existing or to be installed subsea equipment. Our lithium ion subsea batteries 
supply power that can enable subsea equipment, sensors, communications and AUV and eROV recharge. Our range of 
PowerBuoys®  is  complimentary  to  the  subsea  batteries  by  providing  a  means  for  recharging  during  longer  term 
deployments, or the batteries can be used independently for shorter term deployments. Ideal for many remote offshore 
customer applications, these subsea batteries are anticipated to be high performance, cost-efficient, and quickly deployable. 
The subsea battery solutions are currently undergoing prototyping. 

The subsea battery has been designed to provide continuous and/or short-term power supply from its integrated 
energy storage system, enabling us to supply into a range of industries and applications, from backup power to critical 
subsea infrastructure to continuous operation of subsea equipment, such as electric valves. The base design of the subsea 
battery  has  a  nominal  100  kilowatt-hours  of  energy  storage.  The  subsea  battery  can  be  transported  over  land  to  the 
deployment port using conventional transportation methods. Once at port, the subsea battery can be lifted onboard a vessel 
using  a  readily  available  crane  of  appropriate  capacity.  The  battery  can  then  be  carried  aboard  a  vessel  to  its  offshore 
location and craned into the water at site. It comes installed on a ready deployable subsea skid suitable for installation on 
the seabed. The battery is then connected to the other components on the seabed with the use of ROVs or divers. 

Our analysis suggests that the growing demand for electrification of subsea infrastructure, and an increased switch 
to autonomous and renewable solution, offers multiple opportunities for deploying subsea battery powered solutions over 
the next few years. 

Capital Raises 

On August 13, 2018, the Company entered into a common stock purchase agreement with Aspire Capital Fund, 
LLC  (“Aspire  Capital”)  which  provided  that,  subject  to  certain  terms,  conditions  and  limitations,  Aspire  Capital  was 
committed to purchase up to an aggregate of $10.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock over a 30-month 
period that did not exceed 19.99% of the outstanding common stock on the date of the agreement. The number of shares 
the Company could issue within the 19.99% was 183,591 shares. Shareholder approval was not needed since the number 
of common stock offered for sale in the common stock purchase agreement did not exceed 19.99% of the outstanding 
common stock on the date of the agreement. In consideration for entering into the agreement, the Company issued to Aspire 
Capital 21,429 shares of our common stock as a commitment fee. The agreement was cancelled on October 24, 2019, and 
as of that date, the Company had sold 162,162 shares of common stock with an aggregate market value of $949,259 at an 
average price of $5.85 per share pursuant to this common stock purchase agreement. 

On October 24, 2019, the Company entered into a new common stock purchase agreement with Aspire Capital 
which provides that, subject to certain terms, conditions and limitations, Aspire Capital is committed to purchase up to an 
aggregate of $10.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock over a 30-month period that does not exceed 19.99% 
of the outstanding common stock on the date of the agreement. The number of shares the Company can issue within the 
19.99% limit is 1,219,010 shares including shares issued as a commitment fee. At the 2019 annual meeting of stockholders, 
held on December 20, 2019, the Company’s stockholders approved an additional 5,400,000 shares to be issued pursuant to 
the common stock purchase agreement in excess of the 19.99% limit. In consideration for entering into the agreement, the 
Company issued to Aspire Capital 194,805 shares of our common stock as a commitment fee. As of April 30, 2020, the 
Company has sold 1,399,205 shares of common stock with an aggregate market value of approximately $1.1 million at an 
average price of $0.82 per share pursuant to this common stock purchase agreement. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On April 8, 2019, the Company sold 1,542,000 shares of common stock, which includes the sale of 642,000 shares 
of the Company’s common stock sold by the Company pursuant to the exercise, in full, of the over-allotment option by the 
underwriters in a public offering. As part of the public offering, the Company also sold prefunded warrants to purchase up 
to 3,385,680 shares of common stock and common warrants to purchase up to 4,927,680 shares of our common stock. The 
net proceeds to the Company from the offering were approximately $15.7 million, after deducting underwriter fees and 
offering expenses payable by the Company. 

On January 7, 2019, the Company entered into the 2019 ATM Facility with A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners under 
which  the  Company  may  issue  and  sell  to  or  through  AGP,  acting  as agent  and/or  principal,  shares  of  the  Company’s 
common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $25 million. As of April 30, 2020, under the 2019 ATM Facility, 
the Company has issued 5,101,405 shares of its common stock with an aggregate market value of $3.8 million at an average 
price of $0.74 per share and paid AGP a sales commission of approximately $122,530 related to those shares. 

The sale of additional equity or convertible securities could result in dilution to our stockholders. If additional 
funds are raised through the issuance of debt securities or preferred stock, these securities could have rights senior to those 
associated with our common stock and could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. We do not have any 
committed sources of debt or equity financing and we cannot assure you that financing will be available in amounts or on 
terms  acceptable  to  us when  needed,  or  at  all.  If we  are unable to obtain required financing when  needed,  we may be 
required to reduce the scope of our operations, including our planned product development and marketing efforts, which 
could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. If we are unable to secure additional 
financing, we may be forced to cease our operations. 

Backlog 

As of April 30, 2020, our negotiated backlog was $1.0 million. As of April 30, 2019, our negotiated backlog was 
$0.9 million. Our backlog can include unfilled firm orders for our products and services from commercial and governmental 
customers.  If  any  of  our  contracts  were  to  be  terminated,  our  backlog  would  be  reduced  by  the  expected  value  of  the 
remaining terms of such contract. 

The  amount  of  contract  backlog  is  not  necessarily  indicative  of  future  revenue  because  modifications  to,  or 
terminations of present contracts and production delays can provide additional revenue or reduce anticipated revenue. A 
substantial  portion  of  our  revenue  has  been  for  the  support  of  our  product  development  efforts.  These  revenues  are 
recognized using the percentage-of-completion method, and changes in estimates from time to time may have a significant 
effect on revenue and backlog. Our backlog is also typically subject to large variations from time to time due to the timing 
of new awards. 

Going Concern 

Our financial statements have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern. We have experienced 
substantial and recurring losses from operations, which losses have resulted in an accumulated deficit of $220.1 million at 
April 30, 2020. Based on the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash balances as of April 30, 2020, as well 
as the $0.9 million of proceeds received from the PPP Loan on May 5, 2020, the Company believes that it will be able to 
finance its capital requirements and operations into the quarter ending April 30, 2021. 

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our consolidated financial statements for the 
year ended April 30, 2020, contains an explanatory paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern, based 
on, among other factors, that our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our ability to raise additional 
external capital and increase revenues. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as 
a going concern. Our consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome 
of this uncertainty. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in our efforts to generate revenues, become profitable, 
raise additional outside capital or to continue as a going concern. If we are not successful in our efforts to raise additional 
capital sufficient to support our operations, we would be forced to cease operations, in which event investors would lose 
their entire investment in our company. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

To understand our financial statements, it is important to understand our critical accounting policies and estimates. 
We prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”). 
The preparation of financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts 
of assets, liabilities, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on 
various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly 
from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual 
results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected. 
We believe that the accounting policies are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies 
relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe the following accounting policies require significant judgment and estimates by us in the preparation 

of our consolidated financial statements. 

Revenue recognition 

A  performance  obligation  is  the unit  of  account  for  revenue  recognition.  The  Company  assesses  the goods  or 
services promised in a contract with a customer and identifies as a performance obligation either: a) a good or service (or 
a bundle of goods or services) that is distinct; or b) a series of distinct goods or services that are substantially the same and 
that have the same pattern of transfer to the customer. A contract may contain a single or multiple performance obligations. 
For  contracts  with  multiple  performance  obligations,  the  Company  allocates  the  contracted  transaction  price  to  each 
performance obligation based upon the relative standalone selling price, which represents the price the Company would 
sell a promised good or service separately to a customer. The Company determines the standalone selling price based upon 
the facts and circumstances of each obligated good or service. The majority of the Company’s contracts have no observable 
standalone selling price since the associated products and services are customized to customer specifications. As such, the 
standalone selling price generally reflects the Company’s forecast of the total cost to satisfy the performance obligation 
plus an appropriate profit margin. 

The  nature  of  the  Company’s  contracts  may  give  rise  to  several  types  of  variable  considerations,  including 
unpriced change orders and liquidated damages and penalties. Variable consideration can also arise from modifications to 
the scope of services. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price to the extent it is probable that a significant 
reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur once the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is 
resolved. Our estimates of variable consideration and determination of whether to include such amounts in the transaction 
price are based largely on our assessment of legal enforceability, performance and any other information (historical, current, 
and forecasted) that is reasonably available to us. 

The Company recognizes revenue when or as it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring a good or service 
to a customer, either (1) at a point in time or (2) over time. A good or service is transferred when or as the customer obtains 
control of it. The evaluation of whether control of each performance obligation is transferred at a point in time or over time 
is made at contract inception. Input measures such as costs incurred or time elapsed are utilized to assess progress against 
specific contractual performance obligations for the Company’s services. The selection of the method to measure progress 
towards completion requires judgment and is based on the nature of the services to be provided. For the Company, the 
input  method  using  costs  incurred  or  time  elapsed  best  represents  the  measure  of  progress  against  the  performance 
obligations incorporated within the contractual agreements. When the Company’s estimate of total costs to be incurred to 
satisfy the performance obligations exceed revenue, the Company recognizes the loss immediately. 

Financial Operations Overview 

Over the next several years, it is our goal to fund the majority of our product development efforts with sources 
from commercial relationships, including cost-sharing agreements. If we are unable to obtain commercial relationships or 
cost-sharing arrangements, we may be forced to curtail our development expenses and scope to reduce our overall expenses. 
We recently narrowed our development focus to the PB3 to drive toward commercialization of that product and to reduce 
our overall expenses. 

The following table provides information regarding the breakdown of our revenues by customer for fiscal years 

2020 and 2019: 

   Twelve months ended April 30,   

2020 

2019 

Eni S.p.A. .....................................................................     $ 
Premier Oil UK Limited ...............................................       
EGP ..............................................................................       
Other .............................................................................       
   $ 

173      $ 
148        
1,211        
150        
1,682      $ 

341   
206   
23   
62   
632   

We currently focus our sales and marketing efforts on parts of North and South America, Europe, and Asia. The 
following table shows the percentage of our revenues by geographical location of our customers for fiscal 2020 and 2019: 

Customer Location 

   Twelve months ended April 30,   

2020 

2019 

Europe ........................................................................     
South America ............................................................     
North America ............................................................     

22 %     
72 %     
6 %     
100 %     

0 % 
92 % 
8 % 
100 % 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
    
       
  
  
    
Foreign exchange loss 

We transact business in various countries and have exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. 
Foreign exchange gains and losses arise in the translation of foreign-denominated assets and liabilities, which may result 
in realized and unrealized gains or losses from exchange rate fluctuations. Since we conduct our business in US dollars 
and our  functional  currency  is  the  US dollar,  our  main  foreign  exchange  exposure,  if  any, results  from  changes  in  the 
exchange rate between the US dollar and the British pound sterling, the Euro and the Australian dollar. 

We maintain cash accounts that are denominated in British pounds sterling, Euros and Australian dollars. These 
foreign denominated accounts had a balance of $0.3 million as of April 30, 2020 and $0.7 million as of April 30, 2019, 
compared to our total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash balances of $10.9 million as of April 30, 2020 and $17.2 
million as of April 30, 2019. These foreign currency balances are translated at each month end to our functional currency, 
the US dollar, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in our results of operations. 

In addition, a portion of our operations is conducted through our subsidiaries in countries other than the United 
States, specifically Ocean Power Technologies Ltd. in the United Kingdom, the functional currency of which is the British 
pound sterling, and Ocean Power Technologies (Australasia) Pty Ltd. in Australia, the functional currency of which is the 
Australian dollar. Both of these subsidiaries have foreign exchange exposure that results from changes in the exchange rate 
between their functional currency and other foreign currencies in which they conduct business. 

We  currently  do  not  hedge  our  exchange  rate  exposure.  However,  we  assess  the  anticipated  foreign  currency 
working capital requirements and capital asset acquisitions of our foreign operations and attempt to maintain a portion of 
our cash and cash equivalents denominated in foreign currencies sufficient to satisfy these anticipated requirements. We 
also assess the need and cost to utilize financial instruments to hedge currency exposures on an ongoing basis and may 
hedge against exchange rate exposure in the future. 

Results of Operations 

This section should be read in conjunction with the discussion below under “- Liquidity and Capital Resources.” 

Fiscal Years Ended April 30, 2020 and 2019 

The  following  table  contains  selected  statement  of  operations  information,  which  serves  as  the  basis  of  the 

discussion of our results of operations for the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019: 

   Twelve months ended April 30, 

2020 

2019 

(in thousands) 

% change 
2020 period to   
2019 period 

Revenues ...............................................................................    $ 
Cost of revenues ...................................................................      
Gross loss ......................................................................       

Operating expenses: 

Engineering and product development costs ....................      
Selling, general and administrative costs ..........................      
Total operating expenses ..............................................       
Operating loss .......................................................................      
Gain due to the change in fair value of warrant liabilities ....      
Interest income, net ...............................................................      
Foreign exchange loss ...........................................................      
Loss before income taxes ......................................................      
Income tax benefit ........................................................       
Net loss .................................................................................    $ 

1,682      $ 
1,787        
(105 )      

4,344        
6,916        
11,260        
(11,365 )      
6        
124        
(12 )      
(11,247 )      
895        
(10,352 )    $ 

632        
1,303        
(671 )      

4,984        
7,616        
12,600        
(13,271 )      
195        
35        
(55 )      
(13,096 )      
850        
(12,246 )      

166 % 
37 % 

-13 % 
-9 % 

-97 % 
254 % 
-78 % 
-14 % 
5 % 
-15 % 

Revenues 

Revenues for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019 were approximately $1.7 million and $0.6 million, 
respectively. The increase of approximately $1.1 million over 2019 was mainly attributable to a new contract signed in 
fiscal year 2020 with EGP. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
     
         
         
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
Cost of revenues 

Our cost of revenues consists primarily of incurred material, labor and manufacturing overhead expenses, such as 
engineering  expense,  equipment  depreciation  and  maintenance  and  facility  related  expenses,  and  includes  the  cost  of 
equipment to customize the PowerBuoy® supplied by third-party suppliers. Cost of revenues also includes PowerBuoy® 
system delivery and deployment expenses and may include anticipated losses at completion on certain contracts. 

Cost of revenues for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019 were approximately $1.8 million and $1.3 
million, respectively. The increase of approximately $0.5 million, or 37%, over 2019 was mostly due to higher upfront 
spending and material costs on the new EGP contract signed in fiscal 2020 as compared to the same period in the fiscal 
2019. 

Engineering and product development costs 

Our engineering and product development costs consist of salaries and other personnel-related costs and the costs 
of products, materials and outside services used in our product development and unfunded research activities. Our product 
development costs relate primarily to our efforts to increase the power output and reliability of our PowerBuoy® system, 
and to the development of new products, product applications and complementary technologies. We expense all of our 
engineering and product development costs as incurred. 

Engineering  and  product  development  costs  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  April  30,  2020  were  $4.3  million  as 
compared to $5.0 million for fiscal year 2019. The decrease of $0.7 million, or 13%, is due to lower spending on PB3 
PowerBuoy®  builds  for  future  customer  contracts  and  lower  spending  on  product  development  compared  to  the  same 
period in fiscal 2019. 

Selling, general and administrative costs 

Our selling, general and administrative costs consist primarily of professional fees, salaries and other personnel-
related costs for employees and consultants engaged in sales and marketing and support of our PowerBuoy® systems and 
costs for executive, accounting and administrative personnel, and other general corporate expenses. 

Selling, general and administrative costs during the fiscal year months ended April 30, 2020 were $6.9 million as 
compared  to  $7.6  million  for  fiscal  year  2019.  The  decrease  of  $0.7  million,  or  9%,  is  primarily  attributable  to  lower 
spending on professional fees of $0.4 million and lower employee related costs of $0.3 million partly offset by higher sales 
and marketing of $0.2 million. 

Gain due to the change in fair value of warrant liabilities 

The fair value of our financial instruments reflects the amounts that would be paid to transfer a liability in an 
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The fair value of our warrant liabilities 
is subject to remeasurement each financial statement reporting period, as such, changes in this fair value are reflected in 
the statement of operations. 

The change in fair value of warrant liabilities during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2020 was an unrealized gain 
of $6,000 versus an unrealized gain of $195,000 for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019. The change between periods is 
mainly due to a lower stock price for the twelve months ended April 30, 2020. 

Interest income, net 

Interest  income,  net  consists  of  interest  received  on  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  investments  in  money  market 
accounts and interest expense paid on certain obligations to third parties. Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash 
was $10.9 million as of April 30, 2020, compared to $17.2 million as of April 30, 2019. 

Interest income, net during the fiscal year 2020 was approximately $124,000 compared to $35,000 for fiscal 2019. 

The increase in interest income year over year is due to a higher average cash balance in fiscal year 2020. 

Foreign exchange gain/(loss) 

Foreign exchange loss was approximately $12,000 for fiscal year 2020 as compared to a foreign exchange loss of 
$55,000 for fiscal year 2019. The difference was attributable primarily to the relative change in value of the British pound 
sterling, Euro and Australian dollar compared to the U.S. dollar during the two periods. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income tax benefit 

During the fiscal years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, the Company sold New Jersey State net operating losses 
and  research  and  development  credits  in  the  amount  of  $10.0  million  and  $9.1  million,  respectively,  resulting  in  the 
recognition of income tax benefits of $0.9 million in each year. The Company has a full valuation allowance against its 
deferred tax assets. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Since our inception, the cash flows from customer revenues have not been sufficient to fund our operations and 
provide the capital resources for our business. For the two years ended April 30, 2020, our aggregate revenues were $2.3 
million, our aggregate net losses were $22.6 million and our aggregate net cash used in operating activities was $22.7 
million. 

Net cash used in operating activities 

Net  cash  flows  used  in  operating  activities  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  April  30,  2020  were  $10.6  million,  a 
decrease of $1.5 million, when compared to $12.1 million during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019. The change was the 
result of a decrease in net loss of $1.9 million offset by an increase in cash outflow related to the changes in operating 
assets and liabilities of $1.3 million. Fiscal year 2019 includes a deferred credit payment of $0.6 million. 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  was  approximately  $65,000  for  fiscal  year  2020 versus  net  cash  used  by 
investing activities of approximately $29,000 for fiscal year 2019. The change was primarily the result of the Company’s 
increased spending on equipment of $11,000 and the prior period included a net change in the marketable securities of 
$25,000. 

Net cash provided by financing activities 

Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  was  approximately  $4.4  million  in  fiscal  year  2020,  and  net  cash 
provided by financing activities was approximately $17.2 million for fiscal 2019. The decrease in net cash provided in 
fiscal year 2020 compared to fiscal year 2019 was due primarily to the Company receiving more proceeds from sales of its 
common stock in fiscal year 2019. 

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents 

The effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents was a reduction of approximately $32,000 in fiscal year 
2020, a decrease of $48,000 from fiscal year 2019, respectively. The effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents 
results  primarily  from  gains  or  losses  on  consolidation  of  foreign  subsidiaries  and  foreign  denominated  cash  and  cash 
equivalents. 

Liquidity Outlook 

Our financial statements have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern. We have experienced 
substantial and recurring losses from operations, which losses have caused an accumulated deficit of $220.1 million at 
April 30, 2020. We generated revenues of only $1.7 million in fiscal year 2020, and $0.6 million in fiscal year 2019. Based 
on the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash balances as of April 30, 2020, as well as the $0.9 million of 
proceeds received from the PPP Loan on May 5, 2020, the Company believes that it will be able to finance its capital 
requirements and operations into the quarter ending April 30, 2021. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our 
ability to continue as a going concern. 

We expect to devote substantial resources to continue our development efforts for our products and to expand our 
sales, marketing and manufacturing programs associated with the continued commercialization of our products. Our future 
capital requirements will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to: 

●  our ability to commercialize our products, and achieve and sustain profitability; 
●  our continued development of our proprietary technologies, and expected continued use of cash from 
operating  activities  unless  or  until  we  achieve  positive  cash  flow  from  the  commercialization  of  our 
products and services; 

●  our ability to obtain additional funding, as and if needed which will be subject to a number of factors, 

including market conditions, and our operating performance; 
the impact of COVID-19 pandemic on our business, operations, customers, suppliers and manufacturers; 

● 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
●  our estimates regarding expenses, future revenues and capital requirements; 
● 
the adequacy of our cash balances and our need for additional financings; 
●  our ability to develop and manufacture commercially viable products; 
●  our ability to successfully develop and market new products, such as subsea battery solutions;  
● 

that  we  will  be  successful  in  our  efforts  to  commercialize  our  products  or  the  timetable  upon  which 
commercialization can be achieved, if at all; 

●  our ability to identify and penetrate markets for our products and our wave energy technology; 
●  our ability to implement our commercialization strategy as planned, or at all; 
● 

 our  relationships with  our  strategic partners  may  not  be  successful  and we  may  not be  successful  in 
establishing additional relationships; 

the reliability of our technology and our products; 

●  our ability to maintain the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market; 
● 
●  our ability to improve the power output, survivability and reliability of our products; 
● 
● 

the impact of pending and threatened litigation on our business, financial condition and liquidity; 
changes in current legislation, regulations and economic conditions that affect the demand for renewable 
energy; 

●  our ability to compete effectively in our target markets; 
●  our limited operating history and history of operating losses; 
●  our sales and marketing capabilities and strategy in the United States and internationally; and 
●  our ability to protect our intellectual property portfolio. 

Our business is capital intensive, and, to date, we have been funding our business principally through sales of our 
securities, and we expect to continue to fund our business with sales of our securities and, to a limited extent, with our 
revenues until, if ever, we generate sufficient cash flow to internally fund our business. This is largely a result of the high 
engineering and product development costs associated with our product development. We anticipate that our operating 
expenses will be approximately $14.0 million in fiscal year 2021 including product development spending of more than 
$6.9 million. We may choose to reduce our operating expenses through personnel reductions, and reductions in our research 
and  development  and  other  operating  costs  during  the  fiscal  year  2021,  if  we  are  not successful  in  our  efforts  to  raise 
additional capital. We cannot assure you that we will be able to increase our revenues and cash flow to a level which would 
support our operations and provide sufficient funds to pay our obligations for the foreseeable future. Further, we cannot 
assure you that we will be able to secure additional financing or raise additional capital or, if we are successful in our 
efforts to raise additional capital, of the terms and conditions upon which any such financing would be extended. If we are 
unable to raise additional capital when needed or generate positive cash flow, it is unlikely that we will be able to continue 
as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this 
uncertainty. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

Since inception, we have not engaged in any off-balance sheet financing activities. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 
842).” which amends the existing guidance on accounting for leases. Topic 842 was further clarified and amended within 
ASU 2017-13, ASU 2018-01, ASU 2018-10, ASU 2018-11 and ASU 2018-20. The new standard establishes a right-of-
use (ROU) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with 
terms longer than twelve months or leases that contain a purchase option that is reasonably certain to be exercised. Leases 
will  be  classified  as  either  finance  or  operating,  with  classification  affecting  the  pattern  of  expense  recognition  in  the 
income statement. ASU 2016-02 was effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim 
periods  within  those  annual  periods,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  The  guidance  permits  the  Company  to  utilize  the 
package of practical expedients that, upon adoption of Topic 842, allows entities to (1) not reassess whether any expired 
or existing contracts are or contain leases, (2) retain the classification of leases (e.g., operating or finance lease) existing as 
of the date of adoption and (3) not reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases. Additionally, the Company elected 
to exclude short-term leases having initial terms of 12 months or less and recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis 
over the lease term. The Company adopted Topic 842 on May 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective approach. Under 
this approach, comparative periods presented in the financial statements in which the new lease standard is adopted will 
continue  to  be  presented  in  accordance  with  prior  GAAP.  The  adoption  of  this  standard  resulted  in  the  Company 
recognizing  a  ROU  and  a  lease  liability  of  approximately  $1.4  million  and  $1.5  million,  respectively,  and  eliminating 
deferred rent of $39,000 and an unamortized lease incentive receivable of $108,000. Refer to Note 6 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements for disclosure requirements related to the adoption of this standard. 

38 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  June  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2016-13,  “Financial  Instruments  -  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326), 
Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on  Financial  Instruments.”  The  amendment  in  this  update  replaces  the  incurred  loss 
impairment methodology in current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses on instruments within 
its scope, including trade receivables. This update is intended to provide financial statement users with more decision-
useful information about the expected credit losses. This ASU is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning 
after December 15, 2019. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of ASU 2016-13 will have on its 
consolidated financial statements. 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820).” The ASU modifies, 
removes, and adds several disclosure requirements on fair value measurements in Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. 
ASU 2018-13 is effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after 
December  15,  2019.  The  amendments  on  changes  in  unrealized  gains  and  losses,  the  range  and  weighted  average  of 
significant  unobservable  inputs  used  to  develop  Level  3  fair  value  measurements,  and  the  narrative  description  of 
measurement uncertainty should be applied prospectively for only the most recent interim or annual period presented in 
the initial fiscal year of adoption. All other amendments should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented upon 
their effective date. Early adoption is permitted upon issuance of ASU 2018-13. An entity is permitted to early adopt any 
removed or modified disclosures upon issuance of ASU 2018-13 and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until 
their effective date. The Company is evaluating the effect ASU 2018-13 will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements 
and disclosures and has not yet determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting at this time. 

In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2018-15,  “Intangibles  —  Goodwill  and  Other  —  Internal-Use 
Software (Subtopic 350-40).” The ASU provides for the recognition of an intangible asset for the costs of internal-use 
software licenses included in a cloud computing arrangement. Costs of arrangements that do not include a software license 
should be accounted for as a service contract and expensed as incurred. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning 
after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The ASU permits two methods of adoption: prospectively to all 
implementation costs incurred after the date of adoption, or retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented. The 
Company is evaluating the effect ASU 2018-15 will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements and disclosures and has 
not yet determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting at this time. 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The  financial  statements  and  supplementary  data  required  by  this  item  are  listed  in  Item  15  -  “Exhibits  and 

Financial Statement Schedules” of this Annual Report. 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  our  controls  and  other  procedures  that  are  designed  to  ensure  that 
information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
as amended (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the 
SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed 
to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is 
accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, 
as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision 
and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the 
effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-
15(b). Based upon that evaluation, as of April 30, 2020, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded 
that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

The annual report of management on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is provided under 
“Reports of Management” on page F-2, which is incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. As described 
therein, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of April 30, 
2020. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the 
Exchange Act) occurred during the quarter ended April 30, 2020 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to 
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

PART III 

Directors 

All  of  the  directors  bring  to  our  Board  of  Directors  executive  leadership  experience  from  their  service  as 
executives and/or directors of our Company and/or other entities. The biography of each director contains information 
regarding the person’s service as a director, business experience, director positions held currently or at any time during the 
last  five  years,  and  the  experiences,  qualifications,  attributes  and  skills  that  caused  the  Nominating  and  Corporate 
Governance  Committee  and  our  Board  of  Directors  to  determine  that  the  person  should  serve  as  a  director,  given  our 
business and structure. 

Name 
Terence J. Cryan 
Dean J. Glover 
George H. Kirby III 
Steven M. Fludder  
Robert K. Winters 
Kristine S. Moore  

Age 
57 
54 
50 
60  
52 
58 

Position(s) with the Company 
Chairman of the Board 
   Vice Chairman of the Board and Independent Director   
Chief Executive Officer and Director 
Independent Director  
Independent Director 
Independent Director  

Served as 
Director 
From 
2012 
2014 
2015 
2016  
2016 
2018 

Terence J. Cryan has been a member of our Board of Directors since October 2012 and Chairman of the board 
since June 2014. Prior to joining our Board, Mr. Cryan was a member of our Board of Advisors. Mr. Cryan was our lead 
independent director from October 2013 to June 2014 when he became Chairman of the Board. Since August 2017, Mr. 
Cryan  has  served  as  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Westwater  Resources,  Inc.  Mr.  Cryan  has  served  on  the  boards  of 
directors of a number of other publicly traded companies including Uranium Resources, Inc. from 2006 to 2016; Global 
Power  Equipment  Group  Inc.  from  2008  to  2017;  Superior  Drilling  Products  from  May  2014  to  2016;  Gryphon  Gold 
Corporation from 2009 to 2012; and The Providence Service Corporation from 2009 to 2011. Mr. Cryan served as President 
and CEO of Global Power Equipment Group Inc., from March 2015 until July 2017. From September 2012 until April 
2013, Mr. Cryan served as interim President and CEO of Uranium Resources, Inc., and was elected as Chairman of the 
Board of Directors of Uranium Resources, Inc. in June 2014 and served until March 2016. Mr. Cryan previously served as 
President and Chief Executive Officer of Medical Acoustics, LLC from 2007 through 2010. Mr. Cryan earned his Bachelor 
of Arts degree from Tufts University in 1983 and a Master of Science degree in Economics from The London School of 
Economics in 1984. In December 2014, Terence Cryan was named a Board Leadership Fellow by the National Association 
of  Corporate  Directors.  We  believe  Mr.  Cryan’s  qualifications  to  sit  on  our  Board  of  Directors  include  his  significant 
experience in financial matters, his prior board and executive management experience at other companies, his broad energy 
industry background and his extensive expertise in financings, mergers and acquisitions. 

Dean J. Glover became a member of our Board of Directors in October 2014, and was elected Vice Chairman of 
our Board of Directors in July 2016. Since March 2018, Mr. Glover has served as a member of the Board of Directors of 
ConXtech. Mr. Glover is currently the CEO of Techniks Tool Group. Prior to Techniks Tool Group from October 2014 
until 2017, Mr. Glover served as MIRATECH President & CEO. Prior to this, he was Senior Vice President and President 
of the Products Division of Global Power Equipment Group Inc. Mr. Glover joined Global Power in December 2005 as 
Chief Operating Officer of Braden Manufacturing. Prior to joining Global Power, Mr. Glover led the global supply chain 
and manufacturing for Diebold Inc. Mr. Glover currently serves as a director of Oklahoma Scholastic Organization, a non-
profit organization. Mr. Glover holds a Bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Nebraska and 
an  M.B.A.  from  the  Kellogg  Graduate  School  of  Management,  Northwestern  University.  Mr.  Glover  has  extensive 
international experience having lived in various international locations for most of his career. Mr. Glover has over 30 years 
of commercial and technical experience in industry. We believe Mr. Glover’s qualifications to sit on our Board of Directors 
include his significant managerial, commercial, financial and technical experience in the energy technology industry. 

41 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
George H. Kirby III has served as our President, Chief Executive Office and a member of our Board of Directors 
since  January,  2015.  Prior  to  this,  Mr.  Kirby  was  Senior  Vice  President  at  AECOM  Technology  Corporation  (NYSE: 
ACM) a leading provider of engineering, procurement and construction (“EPC”) services. In this role, he led their Energy 
Business Line for the north U.S. region providing services for utilities, power transmission and generation developers, and 
large  industrial  energy  efficiency  end-users.  Prior  to  AECOM,  he  joined  SAIC  Energy,  Environment,  &  Infrastructure 
(NYSE: SAIC) in January 2012 a global leader in solutions for national security, healthcare and engineering, as Managing 
Director for their Asset Transactions group providing power generation investors and developers with technical and market 
consulting and advisory services and was promoted to Vice President in 2013 providing EPC services to Investor Owned 
Utilities. In 2009, he joined American Superconductor (Nasdaq: AMSC) as Director of Global Sales and was promoted to 
Managing Director of the Americas and Australia in 2011. From 2000 to 2009, Mr. Kirby held significant leadership roles 
at General Electric in both GE Energy and GE Capital (NYSE: GE) in product development, global sales, quality and 
project finance. In June 2016, Mr. Kirby was elected to the Board of Trustees of the Sea Research Foundation, a non-profit 
organization in Mystic, Connecticut. Mr. Kirby previously served as a director of Blade Dynamics, LLC from April to 
December  2011,  and  Schooner,  Inc.  from  June  to  October  2012.  Mr.  Kirby  earned  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Aerospace  Engineering  from  Syracuse  University  in  1992  and  an  M.B.A.  from  Smeal  College  of  Business  at  the 
Pennsylvania  State  University  in  2008.  We  believe  Mr.  Kirby’s  significant  leadership  experience  in  the  energy  and 
infrastructure industries qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors. 

Steven M. Fludder became a member of the Board of Directors in 2016. Mr. Fludder brings more than 30 years 
of global executive leadership in energy and infrastructure markets. From November 2017 until June 2020, Mr. Fludder 
served as the Chief Executive Officer for NEC Energy Solutions. Prior to joining NEC Energy Solutions, Mr. Fludder was 
the Chief Executive Officer with alpha-En Corporation, a publicly traded innovative clean technology company focused 
on enabling next generation lithium battery technologies. Prior to alpha-En, Mr. Fludder was Chief Executive of AECOM’s 
global energy and water practice. Prior to AECOM, he was Senior Executive Vice President, Division General Manager 
and  Samsung  group  officer  where  he  was  head  of  worldwide  sales  and  marketing  for  Samsung  Engineering,  a  global 
engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) firm serving a broad range of energy industries including power, oil & 
gas,  petrochemicals,  and  metallurgy  markets.  He  was  subsequently  President  of  Samsung  Techwin  Power  Systems 
Division. Prior to Samsung, Mr. Fludder served as a Vice President and General Electric corporate officer where he led 
GE’s $18 billion environmental business initiative as well as several global energy related business units over a 27 year 
career.  He  has  significant  experience  scaling  and  growing  energy  related  technology  businesses.  Mr.  Fludder  holds  a 
Master’s  degree  in  Mechanical  Engineering  from  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  a  bachelor’s  degree  in 
Mechanical Engineering from Columbia University, and a second Bachelor of Science degree from Providence College. 
We believe Mr. Fludder’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his wide experience in both the energy 
and infrastructure industries, as well a variety of other industry segments related to our business. 

Robert K. Winters became a member of the Board of Directors in 2016. Robert Winters has been with Alpha IR 
Group since September 2015, and currently serves as Senior Managing Director. He established and is running the NYC 
office  for  Chicago-based  firm,  which  specializes  in  providing  strategic  counsel  to  small-  and  mid-cap  U.S.  companies 
across a broad range of industries. Prior to this, he was a partner and portfolio manager at Zesiger Capital Group, LLC for 
14 years; Zesiger Capital Group, LLC is an investment advisor based in NYC, catering to both large institutional clients 
and high net-worth individuals. Zesiger’s investment strategy during Mr. Winters’ tenure was to take concentrated, long-
term  investment  positions  in  small-and  mid-cap  stocks  in  the  U.S.,  as well  as  in  select  emerging  and frontier  markets. 
Additionally, Mr. Winters managed fixed income investments on behalf of clients at Zesiger, as well as private investments; 
Mr. Winters sat on the boards of several private portfolio companies during his time at Zesiger. Prior to his work at Zesiger 
Capital Group, LLC, Mr. Winters worked as a Managing Director and Senior Natural Resource analyst for almost 10 years 
at Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc., where he focused on energy, metals and mining. Mr. Winters served as a director of LRM 
Industries International from 2009 until 2014 Mr. Winters graduated from Georgetown University in 1990 with a dual 
major in International Relations and History. We believe Mr. Winter’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors 
include his extensive finance experience, as well his experience with small-cap and mid-cap public companies. 

Kristine S. Moore became a member of the Board of Directors in 2018. From December 2015 through April 
2018, Ms. Moore served as non-executive director at Achilles Ltd., a global private-equity held company based in London. 
Prior  to  Achilles,  Ltd.  from  2001  to  2015,  Ms.  Moore  was  with  Royal  Dutch  Shell  (“Shell”),  an  international  energy 
company. During this time, Ms. Moore held various positions at Shell; during 2015 Ms. Moore was Vice President of 
Contracting and Procurement; from 2011 to 2014, Vice President of Contracting and Procurement Operations and Group 
Materials Management; from 2007 to 2010, Vice President of Global Functions Sourcing; and from 2001 to 2007, Ms. 
Moore held various managerial positions. Ms. Moore is a graduate of Rice University with a Bachelor of Science in Civil 
Engineering. We believe Ms. Moore’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include her extensive experience 
in the oil and gas markets, as well as her business background in sales, marketing, and supply chain management. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
Executive Officers 

We have one executive officer who is not also a director: 

Name 

   Age     Position with Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. 

Matthew T. Shafer 

49     Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

Matthew T. Shafer joined the Company in 2016 as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company. Mr. 
Shafer previously served as a Vice President of Finance for CBIZ (NYSE: CBZ), formerly CMF Associates since 2015 
where he led teams in providing finance solutions for high-growth organizations within CMF. Prior to that Mr. Shafer 
served  as  a  Business  Unit  Chief  Financial  Officer  at  Bausch  Health  Companies  (NYSE:  BHC),  formerly  Valeant 
Pharmaceuticals  International,  a  large  global  publicly  traded  company  that  develops,  manufactures,  markets  and  sells 
specialty pharmaceuticals and medical devices. He held this Finance Leadership role for the Valeant Dentistry, Generics 
and Neurology business units, and had worked closely with commercial operations and corporate level teams on numerous 
product launches, sales force expansions, mergers and acquisitions, financial systems integrations, and internal controls. 
Mr. Shafer has a foundation in Public Accounting working at Arthur Andersen LLP. Mr. Shafer holds a Bachelor of Science 
in Accounting from The Stillman School of Business at Seton Hall University, an MBA in Finance from Rutgers Business 
School in New Brunswick, N.J. and is a Certified Public Accountant. 

Corporate Governance 

Our  Board  of  Directors  believes  that  good  corporate  governance  is  important  to  ensure  that  the  Company  is 
managed for the long-term benefit of our stockholders. This section describes key corporate governance guidelines and 
practices that our Board has adopted. Complete copies of our corporate governance guidelines, committee charters and 
code  of  business  conduct  and  ethics  are  available  on  the  corporate  governance  section  of  our  website, 
www.oceanpowertechnologies.com. Alternatively, you can request a copy of any of these documents by writing to our 
Secretary at 28 Engelhard Drive, Monroe Township, NJ 08831. 

Corporate Governance Guidelines 

Our Board has adopted corporate governance guidelines to assist in the exercise of its duties and responsibilities 
and to serve the best interests of the Company and our stockholders. These guidelines, which provide a framework for the 
conduct of the Board’s business, provide that: 

the Board’s principal responsibility is to oversee the management of the Company; 
a majority of the members of the Board shall be independent directors; 
the non-employee directors shall meet regularly in executive session; 

● 
● 
● 
●  directors  have  full  and  free  access  to  management  and,  as  necessary  and  appropriate,  independent 

● 

advisors; and 
at least annually, the Board and its committees will conduct a self-evaluation to determine whether they 
are functioning effectively. 

Audit Committee 

The members of our Audit Committee are Dean J. Glover, Steven M. Fludder and Robert K. Winters. Mr. Glover 
is the chair of the Audit Committee. The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Glover is an “audit committee financial 
expert”  within  the  meaning  of  the  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  “SEC”).  The  Audit 
Committee  met  4  times  in  fiscal  2020.  Our  Board  has  also  determined  that  all  Audit  Committee  members  meet  the 
independence requirements contemplated by Rule 5605(c) of the Nasdaq Stock Market and Rule 10A-3 under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). 

Our Audit Committee assists our Board of Directors in its oversight of the integrity of our consolidated financial 

statements, our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance. 

Our Audit Committee’s responsibilities include: appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the 
independence of, our independent registered public accounting firm; overseeing the work of our independent registered 
public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from our independent registered public 
accounting firm; reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our 
annual  and  quarterly  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related  disclosures;  monitoring  our  internal  control  over 
financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics; establishing procedures 
for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns; meeting independently with our independent 
registered public accounting firm and management; and preparing the Audit Committee report required by SEC regulations. 

Material Changes in Director Nominations Process 

There have not been any material changes to the procedures by which shareholders may recommend nominees to 

our Board. 

43 

 
 
  
  
  
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Code of Ethics 

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our employees, officers (including our 
principal executive officer and principal financial officer) and directors. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted 
on our website at www.oceanpowertechnologies.com and can also be obtained free of charge by sending a request to our 
Secretary at 28 Engelhard Drive, Suite B, Monroe Township, NJ 08831. Any changes to or waivers under the Code of 
Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  as  it  relates  to  our  chief  executive  officer,  chief  financial  officer,  controller  or  persons 
performing similar functions must be approved by our Board of Directors and will be disclosed in a Current Report on 
Form 8-K within four business days of the change or waiver. 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance 

Pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules issued thereunder, our executive officers and directors 
are required to file with the SEC reports of ownership and changes in ownership of Common Stock. Copies of such reports 
are  required  to  be  furnished  to  us.  Based  solely  on  a  review  of  the  copies  of  such  reports  furnished  to  us,  or  written 
representations that no other reports were required, we believe that all required reports were filed in fiscal 2020 in a timely 
manner. 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION 

For Board service year 2020, the Board of Directors approved, for each non-employee director, an annual payment 
of $45,000 and a choice of either (a) an option worth $50,000, based on the Black-Scholes formula, to purchase shares of 
Common Stock with such option award or stock award to vest entirely, if at all, at the next annual meeting of stockholders 
or one year from award date, whichever is earlier or (b) Common Stock worth $50,000. For fiscal year 2020 each of the 
Directors chose to take a stock option exercisable for 25,000 shares. Directors serving a portion of a year receive a pro-rata 
grant.  Each  non-employee  director  also  receives  a  per  annum  supplement  ranging  from  $2,000  to  $9,600  for  each 
committee that they chair. In addition, the Chairman of the Board annually receives an additional $38,000. 

We reimburse each non-employee director for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending our 
Board  and  Board  committee  meetings.  Compensation  for  our  directors,  including  cash  and  equity  compensation,  is 
determined, and remains subject to adjustment, by our Board of Directors. 

The following table summarizes compensation paid to each of our non-employee directors who served during 

fiscal year 2020. 

Name (1) 

Fees 

Earned or      

Stock 

     Option 

Paid in 
Cash 
($) (2) 

     Awards 

     Awards 

($) 

($) (3) 

Total 
($) 

Terence J. Cryan ................................       

85,000        

-        

22,923        

107,923   

Dean J. Glover ...................................       

54,600        

-        

22,923        

77,523   

Steven M. Fludder .............................       

53,000        

-        

22,923        

75,923   

Robert K. Winters .............................       

45,000        

-        

22,923        

67,923   

Kristine S. Moore ..............................       

45,000        

-        

22,923        

67,923   

(1)  George H. Kirby III, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, is not included in this table 
as he is an employee of the Company and thus receives no compensation for his services as a Director. 
The compensation received by Mr. Kirby as an employee of the Company is shown in the Summary 
Compensation Table on page 46. 

(2)  Fees earned or paid in cash reflect annual retainer and committee meeting fees. 
(3)  Stock options granted to directors vest fully on the date of the first annual shareholders meeting following 
the grant date. The amounts in the “Option Awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value 
of  stock  options  granted  during  the  year  computed  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Accounting 
Standards Codification (ASC) No. 718, “Compensation- Stock Compensation.” The assumptions used in 
calculating these amounts are incorporated by reference to Note 12 to the financial statements in this 
Annual Report. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
       
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
     
       
       
       
  
  
     
         
         
         
    
  
     
         
         
         
    
  
     
         
         
         
    
  
     
         
         
         
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following table summarizes grants during fiscal year 2020. 

Name 

Stock 
Awards 

Option 
Awards 

Total 

Terence J. Cryan (1) ............................................       

Dean J. Glover (1) ...............................................       

Steven M. Fludder (1) .........................................       

Robert K. Winters (1) .........................................       

Kristine S. Moore (1) ..........................................       

-        

-        

-        

-        

-        

25,000        

25,000  

25,000        

25,000  

25,000        

25,000  

25,000        

25,000  

25,000        

25,000  

(1)  During fiscal year 2020, each non-executive board member was granted stock options exercisable for 

25,000 shares of common stock for Board service during the year ending October 31, 2020. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

Overview of Executive Compensation 

Our Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing the compensation of all of our executive officers. In 
this  capacity,  the  Compensation  Committee  designs,  reviews  and  approves  all  compensation  for  our  named  executive 
officers.  The  goal  of  the  Compensation  Committee  is  to  ensure  that  our  compensation  programs  are  aligned  with  our 
business goals and objectives and that the total compensation paid to each of our named executive officers is fair, reasonable 
and competitive. 

Compensation Objectives and Philosophy 

Our compensation programs are designed to attract and retain qualified and talented executives, motivating them 
to achieve our business goals and rewarding them for superior short- and long-term performance when that performance 
has  been  properly  demostrated.  In  particular,  our  compensation  programs  are  intended  to  reward  the  achievement  of 
specified  predetermined  quantitative  and  qualitative  goals  and  to  align  our  executives’  interests  with  those  of  our 
stockholders in order to attain the ultimate objective of increasing stockholder value. 

Elements of Total Compensation and Relationship to Performance 

Key elements of these programs include: 

●  base  salary  compensation  designed  to  reward  annual  achievements,  with  consideration  given  to  the 
executive’s qualifications, scope of responsibility, leadership abilities and management experience and 
effectiveness; 

●  Short-term incentive program that provide yearly cash bonus awards, where warranted, that are designed 
to align executive compensation with pre-determined business objectives and demonstrated performance; 
and 

●  Long-term incentive programs that provide equity-based incentive compensation, over one-to-three year 
periods,  which  are  primarily  in  the  form  of  stock  options  and  restricted  stock,  the  value  of  which  is 
dependent upon the performance of our Common Stock, and which is subject to multi-year vesting that 
requires continued service and/or the attainment of certain performance goals. 

Determining and Setting Executive Compensation 

Under direction from the Compensation Committee, our management develops compensation plans by utilizing 
publicly available compensation and on-line survey data for a broad selection of national and regional companies, which 
we believe are generally comparable to the Company in terms of public ownership, organizational structure, size and stage 
of development, and against which we believe we may compete for executive talent. The results of these analyses and any 
recommendations by management are reviewed with and approved by the Compensation Committee annually. We believe 
that these compensation practices provide us with appropriate compensation guidelines. The Compensation Committee 
generally  targets  compensation  for  our  executives  to  be  consistent  with  similarly  situated  executives  in  comparable 
companies covered by the on-line survey data. Other considerations, including market factors, the unique nature of our 
business and the experience level of an executive, may dictate variations to this general target. 

45 

 
  
  
    
       
  
  
    
    
  
  
     
       
       
  
  
     
         
         
   
  
     
         
         
   
  
     
         
         
   
  
     
         
         
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Our business is characterized by a long product development cycle, including a lengthy engineering and product-
testing period. Because of this, many of the traditional benchmarking metrics, such as product sales, revenues and profits 
are  inappropriate  for  our  Company  at  this  time.  Instead,  the  specific  factors  the  Compensation  Committee  typically 
considers when determining our named executive officers’ compensation include: 

●  key product development initiatives; 
● 
● 
● 
● 
● 

technology advancements; 
achievement of commercial milestones; 
establishment and maintenance of key strategic relationships; 
implementation of appropriate financing strategies; and 
financial and operating performance. 

Summary Compensation Table 

The following table sets forth the compensation paid or accrued during the fiscal years ended April 30, 2020 and 

April 30, 2019 to our named executive officers. 

Name and 
Principal Position 

   Year    

Salary 
($) (1) 

Bonus 
($) (2) 

Stock 
Awards 
($) 

Option 
Awards 
($)(3) 

All Other 
Compensation 
($) 

Total 
($) 

George H. Kirby III ..............................     2020      391,140      
President and 
Chief Executive Officer 

-       
   2019      391,140      173,138       

         -        70,356       
-        71,480       

58,805 (4)     520,301   
84,104 (4)     719,862   

Matthew T. Shafer ................................     2020      253,125      
Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer and 
Treasurer 

-       
   2019      253,125       73,406       

-        34,320       
-        41,101       

7,277 (5)     294,722   
9,434 (5)     377,066   

Christopher Phebus (6) ...........................     2020      
Vice President, Engineering 

-      
   2019      158,649      

-       
-       

-       
-       

-       
-       

-        

-   
37,590 (7)     196,239   

(1)  Salary  represents  actual  salary  earned  during  each  fiscal  year.  The  amounts  in  this  column  may  be 
different from the amounts listed below under description of employment agreements, due to increases 
in salary levels and payments for unused vacation during each fiscal year. 

(2)  This  amount  represents  bonuses  earned  by  the  named  executive  officers  for  fiscal  year  2019.  A 
recommendation was made by management that no bonuses or merit increases would be  paid for any 
and  all  employees  of  the  Company  for  fiscal  year  2020,  and  the  Board  of  Directors  accepted  that 
recommendation. 

(3)  The amounts in the “Option Awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options 
granted  during  the  year  computed  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Accounting  Standards 
Codification  (ASC)  No.  718,  “Compensation-  Stock  Compensation.”  The  assumptions  used  in 
calculating these amounts are incorporated by reference to Note 12 to the financial statements in  this 
Annual Report. 

(4)  For fiscal year 2020, the amount of $58,805 includes $50,000 for relocation expenses, and $8,805 relates 
to the Company’s matching contributions to the 401(K) Plan. For fiscal year 2019, the amount of $84,104 
includes $48,025 for relocation expenses, $27,079 payout for unused vacation and $9,000 relates to the 
Company’s matching contributions to the 401(K) Plan. In accordance with his employment agreement 
Mr. Kirby is eligible for reimbursement of relocation expenses. 

(5)  For fiscal year 2020, the amount of $7,277 relates to the Company’s matching contributions to the 401(K) 
Plan. For fiscal year 2019, the amount of $9,434 includes $3,637 payout for unused vacation and $5,797 
relates to the Company’s matching contributions to the 401(K) Plan. 

(6)  Mr.  Phebus  joined  the  Company  on  January  15,  2018  to  serve  as  the  Company’s  Vice  President  of 
Engineering.  Mr.  Phebus  resigned  form  his  position  as  Vice  President  of  Engineering  effective 
November 30, 2018. 

(7)  For fiscal 2019, the amount $37,590 includes $32,185 for relocation expenses and $5,405 for unused 

vacation payout. 

46 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
     
  
  
    
    
      
      
      
      
       
  
    
    
       
        
        
        
         
    
  
    
    
       
        
        
        
         
    
    
    
       
        
        
        
         
    
    
    
       
        
        
        
         
    
  
    
    
       
        
        
        
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Employment Agreements 

George H. Kirby III - President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 

Under an agreement entered into on December 29, 2014, Mr. Kirby was entitled to an initial annual base salary 
of $360,000 subject to adjustment upon annual review by our Board of Directors, was subsequently increased to $381,600 
on May 1, 2016 and to $391,140 on May 1, 2018. Mr. Kirby is also eligible to earn discretionary incentive bonuses and 
incentive compensation. The Company also reimbursed Mr. Kirby for his eligible relocation costs. 

Upon the termination of his employment other than for cause, other than as a result of a change of control, or if 
he terminates his employment for good reason (as such terms are defined in his employment agreement), Mr. Kirby has 
the right to receive severance payments. If such termination occurs, Mr. Kirby will receive twelve months of his base salary 
then in effect. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Kirby is prohibited from competing with us and soliciting our customers, 
prospective customers or employees during the term of his employment and for a period of one year after the termination 
or expiration of his employment. 

Matthew T. Shafer - Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

On August 23, 2016, and in connection with his hiring by the Company, Mr. Shafer entered into an employment 
agreement with the Company, to be effective on September 7, 2016 (the “Shafer Employment Agreement”). Under the 
Shafer Employment Agreement, Mr. Shafer was entitled to an initial annual base salary of $220,000 subject to adjustment 
upon annual review by the Company’s Board of Directors, was subsequently increased to $250,000 on October 18, 2017 
and  to  $253,125  on  May  1,  2018.  Mr.  Shafer  is  also  eligible  to  earn  discretionary  incentive  bonuses  and  incentive 
compensation. He is also entitled to participate in all Company employee benefit plans. 

Upon the termination of his employment other than for cause, or if he terminates his employment for good reason 
(as such terms are defined in the Shafer Employment Agreement), Mr. Shafer has the right to receive severance payments. 
If such termination occurs after completing six months of service, Mr. Shafer will receive six months of his base salary. 
Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Shafer is also subject to covenants regarding confidentiality, non-competition and non-
solicitation during and after the term of his employment. 

Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans 

2006 Stock Incentive Plan 

Our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was adopted by our Board of Directors on December 7, 2006, was approved by 
our stockholders on January 12, 2007 and became effective on April 24, 2007. The 2006 Stock Incentive Plan provides for 
the grant of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, restricted stock awards and other stock-unit awards. On 
October 2, 2009, an amendment to the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was approved, increasing the aggregate number of shares 
authorized for issuance by 42,500 shares to 82,661 shares. In 2010, our Board of Directors approved amending and restating 
the  2006  Stock  Incentive  Plan  to  make  certain  adjustments,  including  imposing  minimum  performance  periods  for 
performance  awards  and  minimum  vesting  periods  for  time-based  awards,  a  requirement  that  we  obtain  stockholder 
approval prior to certain option and stock appreciation right repricing actions, and limiting the situations in which vesting 
periods may be waived or accelerated. This amendment and restatement did not require the approval of our stockholders. 
On October 2, 2013, a further amendment to the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was approved by our stockholders, increasing 
the aggregate number of shares authorized for issuance by an additional 40,000 shares to 122,661. 

Our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors are eligible to receive awards under our 2006 Stock 
Incentive Plan; however, incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees. The maximum number of shares 
of Common Stock with respect to which awards may be granted to any participant under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan is 
10,000 per calendar year. 

Our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was administered by our Board of Directors. Pursuant to the terms of our 2006 
Stock Incentive Plan, and to the extent permitted by law, our Board of Directors could delegate authority to one or more 
committees or subcommittees of the Board of Directors or to our officers. Our Board of Directors or any committee to 
whom the Board of Directors delegates authority selected the recipients of awards and determined: 

● 

● 

the number of shares of Common Stock covered by options and the dates upon which the options become 
exercisable; 
the exercise price of options; provided, however, that the exercise price shall not be less than 100% of 
the fair market value of the underlying Common Stock on the date the option is granted; 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
● 
● 

the duration of the options; and 
the number of shares of Common Stock subject to any restricted stock or other stock-unit awards and the 
terms and conditions of such awards, including conditions for repurchase, issue price and repurchase 
price. 

If our Board of Directors delegated authority to an officer, the officer had the power to make awards to all of our 
employees, except to executive officers. Our Board of Directors fixed the terms of the awards to be granted by such officer, 
including the exercise price of such awards, and the maximum number of shares subject to awards that such officer could 
make. 

If a merger or other reorganization event occurred, our Board of Directors could provide that all of our outstanding 
options are to be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation. Our Board of Directors could also provide that, in 
the event the succeeding corporation did not agree to assume, or substitute for, outstanding options, then all unexercised 
options  would  become  exercisable  in  full  prior  to  the  completion  of  the  event  and  that  these  options  would  terminate 
immediately prior to the completion of the merger or other reorganization event if not previously exercised. Our Board of 
Directors could also provide for cashing out the value of any outstanding options. 

No awards could be granted under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan after December 6, 2016, but the vesting and 
effectiveness  of  awards  granted  before  that  date  could  extend  beyond  that  date.  Our  Board  of  Directors  could  amend, 
suspend or terminate our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan at any time, except that stockholder approval would be required for 
any revision that would materially increase the number of shares reserved for issuance, expand the types of awards available 
under the plan, materially modify plan eligibility requirements, extend the term of the plan or materially modify the method 
of determining the exercise price of options granted under the plan, or otherwise as required to comply with applicable law 
or stock market requirements. 

As of April 30, 2020, options to purchase 596 shares of our Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price 

of $494.20 were outstanding under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. 

As of April 30, 2020, we had granted 5,701 shares of restricted Common Stock under our 2006 Stock Incentive 

Plan, of which zero remain outstanding as of April 30, 2020. 

Once the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (discussed below) was approved by the stockholders on October 22, 2015, 

no further stock options or other awards were awarded under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan and it was terminated. 

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan 

On August 17, 2015, the Board of Directors approved, subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, the Ocean 
Power Technologies, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). On October 22, 2015, the stockholders approved 
the 2015 Plan and the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was terminated. We have reserved a total of 10,000 shares of Common 
Stock for issuance as or under awards to be made under the 2015 Plan, plus (y) 2,036, which was the number of shares of 
Common Stock available for issuance under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan as of the effective date of the 2015 Plan, plus 
(z) the number of shares of our Common Stock related to awards under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan as of the effective 
date of the 2015 Plan which thereafter terminate by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation, or otherwise without the issuance 
of such shares. Effective August 17, 2016, our Board approved and adopted an amendment to the 2015 Plan, subject to 
stockholder approval, to increase the number of shares available for grant under the 2015 Plan from 12,036 to 32,036 in 
order to assure that adequate shares will be available for future grants. On October 21, 2016, the stockholders approved the 
amendment to the 2015 Plan. Effective September 28, 2018, our Board approved and adopted an amendment to the 2015 
Plan, subject to stockholder approval, to increase the number of shares available for grant under the 2015 Plan from 32,036 
to 132,036 in order to assure that adequate shares will be available for future grants. On December 7, 2018, the stockholders 
approved the amendment to the 2015 Plan. Effective October 24, 2019, our Board approved and adopted an amendment to 
the 2015 Plan, subject to stockholder approval, to increase the number of shares available for grant under the 2015 Plan 
from 132,036 to 732,036 in order to ensure that adequate shares will be available for future grants. On December 20, 2019, 
the stockholders approved the amendment to the 2015 Plan. 

Description of 2015 Plan 

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the 2015 Plan, as amended, and is qualified in its entirety 
by reference to the complete text of the 2015 Plan, a copy of which is filed as Annex A to our Proxy Statement on Schedule 
14A filed with the SEC on September 3, 2015. 

48 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Administration 

The 2015 Plan is administered by a committee of the Board, which consists of not fewer than two directors of the 
Company  designated  by  the  Board,  each  of  whom  is  a  “non-employee  director”  within  the  meaning  of  Rule  16b-3 
promulgated under the Exchange Act, an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue 
Code as amended (as now in effect or later amended and any successor thereto, the “Code”) and, for so long as our Common 
Stock is listed on the Nasdaq, an “independent director” within the meaning of the Nasdaq rules. Among other things, the 
committee administering the 2015 Plan has full power and authority to take all actions and to make all determinations 
required or provided for under the 2015 Plan, any award under the 2015 Plan or any award agreement under the 2015 Plan, 
not inconsistent with the specific terms and conditions of the 2015 Plan, which the committee deems to be necessary or 
appropriate to the administration of the 2015 Plan. The committee administering the 2015 Plan, may amend, modify or 
supplement the terms of any outstanding award, provided that no amendment, modification or supplement of the terms of 
any outstanding award shall impair a grantee’s rights under an award without the consent of the grantee. The committee 
administering the 2015 Plan is also authorized to construe the award agreements and may prescribe rules relating to the 
2015 Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our full Board will conduct the general administration of the 2015 Plan with 
respect to all awards granted to our non-employee directors. In addition, in its sole discretion, our Board may at any time 
and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the committee under the 2015 Plan except with respect to 
matters which are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the committee under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act 
or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder. 

Grant of Awards; Shares Available for Awards; Award Limits; Eligible Grantees 

The  2015  Plan  provides  for  the  grant  of  stock  options,  SARs,  restricted  stock  awards,  stock  unit  awards  and 
unrestricted stock awards, dividend equivalent rights, performance share awards or other performance-based awards, other 
equity-based awards or cash to eligible employees, officers and non-employee directors of the Company or any affiliate of 
the  Company,  or  any  consultant  or  adviser  to  the  Company  or  an  affiliate  who  is  currently  providing  services  to  the 
Company or an affiliate, or to any other individual whose participation in the 2015 Plan is determined to be in the best 
interests of the Company by the committee administering the 2015 Plan. The maximum number of shares of stock that can 
be granted under the 2015 Plan pursuant to incentive stock option awards is currently ten thousand (10,000). The maximum 
number of shares of stock subject to awards that can be granted under the 2015 Plan in any one calendar year to any person, 
other than a non-employee director, is two hundred thousand (200,000). The maximum fair market value of shares of stock 
that may be granted under the 2015 Plan in any one calendar year to any non-employee director is two hundred thousand 
dollars ($200,000). The limitation on the amount of shares of stock issuable under the 2015 Plan is subject to adjustment 
in the event of certain changes in our capital stock, such as recapitalizations, reclassifications, stock splits, reverse stock 
splits, spin-offs, combinations of our stock, exchanges of our stock and other increases or decreases in our stock without 
receipt of consideration. 

As of April 30, 2020, options to purchase 554,879 shares of our Common Stock at a weighted average exercise 

price of $2.66 were outstanding under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. 

As  of  April  30,  2020,  we  had  granted  17,350  shares  of  Restricted  Common  Stock  under  our  2015  Omnibus 
Incentive Plan. 14,628 shares have vested and 2,722 shares were cancelled. There are no shares outstanding under the Plan. 

The  2015  Plan  will  terminate  automatically  on  October  22,  2025,  which  is  ten  years  after  the  date  on  which 
stockholders approve the 2015 Plan. As of April 30, 2020, there are 168,808 shares available for grant under the 2015 
Omnibus Incentive Plan. 

2018 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan 

On January 18, 2018, the Board adopted the Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. Employment Inducement Incentive 
Award Plan (the “Inducement Plan”) and, subject to the adjustment provisions of the Inducement Plan, reserved 25,000 
shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance pursuant to equity awards granted under the Inducement Plan. 

The Inducement Plan was adopted without stockholder approval pursuant to Rule 5635(c)(4) and Rule 5635(c)(3) 
of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. The Inducement Plan provides for the grant of equity-based awards, including restricted stock 
units, restricted stock, performance shares and performance units, and its terms are substantially similar to the Company’s 
2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, including with respect to treatment of equity awards in the event of a “change in control” 
as  defined  under  the  Inducement  Plan,  but  with  such  other  terms  and  conditions  intended  to  comply  with  the  Nasdaq 
inducement award exception. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  accordance  with  Rule  5635(c)(4)  and  Rule  5635(c)(3)  of  the  Nasdaq  Listing  Rules,  awards  under  the 
Inducement Plan may only be made to individuals not previously employees or non-employee directors of the Company 
(or following such individuals’ bona fide period of non-employment with the Company), as an inducement material to the 
individuals’ entry into employment with the Company. An award is any right to receive the Company’s common stock 
pursuant to the 2018 Inducement Plan, consisting of a performance share award, restricted stock award, a restricted stock 
unit award or a stock payment award. No Awards may be granted or awarded during any period of suspension or after 
termination of the Plan, and in no event may any Award be granted under the Plan after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the 
date of its adoption. Any Awards that are outstanding on the Expiration Date, or the date of termination of the Plan (if 
earlier), shall remain in force according to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement. As of April 30, 
2020, there were 13,513 shares outstanding and 11,487 shares available for grant under the 2018 Inducement Plan. 

2020 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table 

The following table contains certain information regarding equity awards held by the named executive officers as 

of April 30, 2020: 

Option Awards 

Numbers of 
Shares 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options (#) 
Exercisable     

Numbers of 
Shares 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options (#) 
Unexercisable     

Option 
Exercise 
Price ($) 

Option 
Expiration 
Date 

Stock Awards 

Number of 
Shares or 
Units of 
Stock That 
Have Not 
Vested (#)      

Market 
Value of 
Shares or 
Units of 
Stock That 
Have Not 
Vested ($)    

Name and  
Principal Position 

George H. Kirby III ...............      

10,000       

Matthew T. Shafer .................      

5,750       

      $ 
27,333     $ 
54,667     $ 

      $ 
13,333     $ 
26,667     $ 

8.20      12/7/2028 (1)   
1.05      1/16/2030 (2)   
1.05      1/16/2030 (3)   

8.20      12/7/2028 (4)   
1.05      1/16/2030 (5)   
1.05      1/16/2030 (6)   

(1)  Represents stock options granted December 7, 2018 relating to an aggregate of 10,000 shares of which 

100% are exercisable. 

(2)  Represents stock options granted on January 16, 2020 relating to an aggregate of 27,333 shares which 

vest over a two- year period based on service requirements. 

(3)  Represents  stock  options,  with  market  based  conditions,  granted  on  January  16,  2020  relating  to  an 
aggregate of 54,667 shares which vest over a two- year period when certain market price targets are met. 
(4)  Represents stock options granted December 7, 2018 relating to an aggregate of 5,750 shares of which 

100% are exercisable. 

(5)  Represents stock options granted on January 16, 2020 relating to an aggregate of 13,333 shares which 

vest over a two- year period based on service requirements. 

(6)  Represents  stock  options,  with  market  based  conditions,  granted  on  January  16,  2020  relating  to  an 
aggregate of 26,667 shares which vest over a two- year period when certain market price targets are met. 

Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control 

The following information sets forth the terms of potential payments to each of our named executive officers in 
the event of a termination of employment. We did not include information for Mr. Phebus since he is no longer employed 
by the Company and his departure did not trigger any payments. 

Termination by Company without Cause; Termination by Executive for Good Reason. Our employment agreement 
with Mr. Kirby provides for severance pay within 30 days in the event that employment is terminated by the Company, 
other than for cause, upon Mr. Kirby’s disability or by the executive with good reason, in the amount of twelve months of 
base salary. Mr. Kirby would also be entitled to receive any other payments owed such as a short-term bonus, long-term 
compensation, benefits and expenses reimbursements to the degree such payments are owed for service provided up to the 
date of termination. Finally, the expiration date of any other options held by Mr. Kirby would be extended to a date 90 
days after the date of termination of employment (but not longer than the original term of such options). 

50 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
      
      
      
     
      
  
              
        
  
    
        
        
    
  
    
        
        
    
  
    
        
        
        
     
        
    
        
    
  
    
        
        
    
  
    
        
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Our employment agreement with Mr. Shafer provides, upon the termination of his employment other than for 
cause,  or  if  Mr.  Shafer  terminates  his  employment  for  good  reason,  that  Mr.  Shafer  has  the  right  to  receive  severance 
payments. Mr. Shafer will receive six months of his base salary. 

Termination by Company for Cause; Termination by Executive without Good Reason. Under our employment 
contracts with Mr. Kirby upon termination for cause or at the executive’s election without good reason, the executive is 
entitled to the base salary and benefits due and owing to the executive as of the date of termination. The employment 
agreement with Mr. Shafer does not contain provisions regarding severance in the event of a termination by the Company 
with or without cause or termination by the executive without good reason. 

Change in Control. Our employment agreement with Mr. Kirby provides for severance pay equal to two (2) years 
of base salary if a change of control occurs and Mr. Kirby is terminated by the Company or Mr. Kirby terminates the 
agreement, each occurring within 90 days of the change of control. Mr. Kirby would also be entitled to receive any other 
payments owed such as a short-term bonus, long-term compensation, benefits and expenses reimbursements to the degree 
such payments are owed for service provided up to the date of termination. Finally, the expiration date of any other options 
held by Mr. Kirby would be extended to a date 90 days after the date of termination (but not longer than the original term 
of such options). In addition, to the extent that Mr. Kirby has not previously vested in rights and interests held by Mr. Kirby 
under the Company’s stock and other equity plans (including stock options, restricted stock, RSU’s, performance units or 
performance shares), such rights and interest would become fully vested. 

The employment agreement for Mr. Shafer does not contain change of control provisions; therefore, payments for 
cash  severance  and  continued  healthcare  benefits  are  the  same  as  for  termination  without  cause.  The  restricted  stock 
agreement provides for accelerated stock vesting upon a change in control. 

Termination upon Failure to Renew by the Company. In the event that our employment agreement with Mr. Kirby 
terminates the end of the term and is not renewed as a result of a decision by the Company not to renew, prior to a decision 
by Mr. Kirby not to renew, the Company will pay Mr. Kirby a severance payment in the amount of one (1) year base salary 
in a lump sum within 30 days after the termination date. 

The employment agreement for Mr. Shafer does not contain similar provisions. 

Qualifying retirement. Under our restricted stock agreements with the named executive officers, upon a Qualifying 
Retirement 50% of unvested restricted shares will vest immediately. A “Qualifying Retirement” means retirement by the 
recipient after satisfaction of the conditions in either clause (A) or clause (B): (A) the recipient has both (1) attained the 
age of 55 and (2) completed at least ten years of employment with the Company; or (B) the sum of the recipient’s age plus 
the number of years he or she has been employed by the Company equals or exceeds 75 years. 

ITEM  12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of Common Stock as of June 
23, 2020 by (a) each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common 
Stock, (b) each executive officer (c) each director, and (d) all executive officers and directors as a group. 

The Percentage of Common Stock outstanding is based on 17,120,565 shares of our Common Stock outstanding 
as of June 23, 2020. For purposes of the table below, and in accordance with the rules of the SEC, we deem shares of 
Common Stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of June 23, 2020 to be 
outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage 
ownership of that person, but we do not treat them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership 
of any other person. Except as otherwise noted, each of the persons or entities in this table has sole voting and investing 
power with respect to all of the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such person, subject to community property 
laws,  where  applicable.  The  street  address  of  each  beneficial  owner  shown  in  the  table  below  is  c/o  Ocean  Power 
Technologies, Inc., 28 Engelhard Drive, Suite B, Monroe Township, NJ 08831. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name of Beneficial Owner 

Number of 
Shares 
Beneficially 
Owned 

Percentage of 
Shares 
Beneficially 
Owned 

Terence J. Cryan (1) ...................................................................       
George H. Kirby III (2) ..............................................................       
Matthew T. Shafer (3) ................................................................       
Steven M. Fludder (4) ................................................................       
Dean J. Glover (5) ......................................................................       
Kristine S. Moore (6) .................................................................       
Robert K. Winters (7) ................................................................       

7,212        
16,936        
6,872        
6,673        
11,787        
2,500        
6,073        

All directors and executive officers as a group (7 individuals)       

58,053        

*   
*   
*   
*   
*   
*   
*   

*   

*  Represents a beneficial ownership of less the one percent of our outstanding common stock 
(1)  Beneficial  ownership  includes  361  shares  of  our  common  stock  and  6,851  shares  issuable  upon  the 
exercise of options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of June 23, 2020. 
(2)  Beneficial ownership includes 6,936 shares of our common stock and 10,000 shares issuable upon the 
exercise of options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of June 23, 2020. 
(3)  Beneficial ownership includes 1,122 shares of our common stock and 5,750 shares issuable upon the 
exercise of options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of June 23, 2020. 
(4)  Beneficial  ownership  includes  600  shares  of  our  common  stock  and  6,073  shares  issuable  upon  the 
exercise of options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of June 23, 2020. 
(5)  Beneficial ownership includes 5,248 shares of our common stock and 6,539 shares issuable upon the 
exercise of options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of June 23, 2020. 
(6)  Beneficial  ownership  includes  2,500  shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  options  that  are  currently 

exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of June 23, 2020. 

(7)  Beneficial  ownership  includes  6,073  shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  options  that  are  currently 

exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of June 23, 2020. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  indicated  information  as  of  April  30,  2020  with  respect  to  our  equity 

compensation plans: 

Number of Shares 
to be Issued Upon 
Exercise of 
Outstanding 
Options and 
Restricted 
Stock 

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price of 
Outstanding 
Options 

Number of Shares 
Remaining 
Available for 
Future Issuance 
Under 
Equity 
Compensation 
Plans (Excluding 
Shares 
Reflected in First 
Column 

Plan category 

Equity compensation plans approved by 
shareholders 

Stock Options..................................................       
Restricted Stock ..............................................       

555,475      $ 
-        

             3.19        
-        

168,808 (1) 
-   

Equity compensation plans not approved by 
shareholders 

Stock Options..................................................       
Restricted Stock ..............................................       

-        
13,513        

-        
N/A        

-   
11,487 (2) 

(1)  Consists of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. 
(2)  Consists of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2018 Employee Inducement 

Incentive Award Plan. 

52 

  
    
  
  
     
       
  
  
     
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
    
    
  
  
     
       
       
  
     
         
         
    
  
     
         
         
    
     
         
         
    
  
  
  
 
 
Our equity compensation plans consist of 2006 Stock Incentive Plan and 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan which 
were approved by our stockholders. Once the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan was approved by the stockholders on October 
22, 2015, no further stock options or other awards were awarded under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan and it was terminated. 
Shares  that  are  forfeited  under  the  2006  Stock  Incentive  Plan  on  or  after  October  22,  2015  will  become  available  for 
issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. 

The equity compensation plan that has not been approved by our shareholders is our 2018 Employee Inducement 

Incentive Award Plan. 

ITEM  13.  CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE 

Board Determination of Independence 

Under  applicable  Nasdaq  rules,  a  director  will  only  qualify  as  an  “independent  director”  if  they  are  not  an 
executive officer or employee of the Company, and, in the opinion of our Board of Directors, that person does not have a 
relationship  which  would  interfere  with  the  exercise  of  independent  judgment  in  carrying  out  the  responsibilities  of  a 
director. 

Our Board has determined that all of our current directors are “independent directors” within the meaning of the 
applicable listing standards of the Nasdaq, except for George H. Kirby III who is our President and Chief Executive Officer. 

Certain Relationship and Related Person Transaction 

Review and Approval of Related Person Transactions 

The Audit Committee is charged with the responsibility of reviewing and approving all related person transactions 
(as defined in SEC regulations), and periodically reassessing any related person transaction entered into by the Company 
to  ensure  continued  appropriateness.  This  responsibility  is  set  forth  in  our  Audit  Committee  charter.  A  related  party 
transaction will  only be  approved  if  the  members  of  the Audit  Committee  determine  that  the  transaction  is  in  the best 
interests  of  the  Company.  If  a  director  is  involved  in  the  transaction,  he  or  she  will  recuse  himself  or  herself  from  all 
decisions regarding the transaction. 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

Fees of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The following table summarizes the fees of KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, billed 

to us for each of the last two fiscal years. 

   Fiscal Year 2020      Fiscal Year 2019   

Audit Fees (1) ............................................................................     $ 
Audit- Related Fees ..................................................................       
Tax Fees (2) ...............................................................................       
All Other Fees (3) ......................................................................       

305,647      $ 
-        
9,635        
1,780        

379,745   
-   
11,438   
1,780   

Total Fees .................................................................................     $ 

317,062      $ 

392,963   

(1)  Audit Fees consist of fees for the audit and quarterly reviews of our consolidated financial statements 
and  other  professional  services  provided  in  connection  with  the  statutory  and  regulatory  filings  or 
engagements.  Fiscal  year  2020  and  2019  audit  fees  include  fees  for  comfort  letters  and  consents  of 
$57,500 and $128,500, respectively, related to several equity offerings. Fiscal 2020 and 2019 include 
$3,147 and $6,245 for out of pocket fees, respectively. 

(2)  Tax Fees include fees for tax consulting and tax return preparation assistance and review. 
(3)  All Other Fees for fiscal 2020 and 2019 includes subscription fee for KPMG’s accounting research tool. 

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures 

The Audit Committee’s policy is that all audit services and all non-audit services to be provided to us by our 
independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  must  be  approved  in  advance  by  our  Audit  Committee.  The  Audit 
Committee’s approval procedures include the review and approval of a description of the services that documents the fees 
for all audit services and non-audit services, primarily tax advice and tax return preparation and review. 

All  audit  services  and  all  non-audit  services  in  fiscal  years  2020  and  2019  were  pre-approved  by  the  Audit 
Committee. The Audit Committee has determined that the provision of the non-audit services for which these fees were 
rendered is compatible with maintaining the independent auditor’s independence. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
       
  
  
     
         
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

PART IV 

(a) (1) Financial Statements: See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-1. 

(3) Exhibits: See Exhibit Index on pages 56 to 57. 

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

None. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date: June 29, 2020 

OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 

/s/ George H. Kirby III  

By: George H. Kirby III 
   President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated: 

SIGNATURE 

TITLE 

DATE 

/s/ George H. Kirby III 
George H. Kirby III 

   President, Chief Executive Officer 
   and Director (Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Matthew T. Shafer 
Matthew T. Shafer 

   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 
   (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

   June 29, 2020 

   June 29, 2020 

/s/ Terence J. Cryan 
Terence J. Cryan 

/s/ Dean J. Glover 
Dean J. Glover 

/s/ Steven M. Fludder 
Steven M. Fludder 

/s/ Robert K. Winters 
Robert K. Winters 

/s/ Kristine S. Moore 
Kristine S. Moore 

   Chairman of the Board and Director 

   June 29, 2020 

   Vice Chairman of the Board and Director 

   June 29, 2020 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

   June 29, 2020 

   June 29, 2020 

   June 29, 2020 

55 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

4.5 

4.6 

4.7 

Exhibits Index 

Description 

   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to our Quarterly 

Report on Form 10-Q filed September 14, 2007). 

   Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. dated October 27, 

2015 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 28, 2015). 

   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to the Current Report 

on Form 8-K filed June 23, 2016). 

   Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, filed with the Secretary of State of the 
State of Delaware on October 21, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2016).  

   Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, filed with the Secretary of State of the 
State of Delaware on March 8, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on March 8, 2019).  

   Specimen certificate of Common Stock (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to Form S-1/A filed March 19, 

2007).  

   Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to Current Report on 

Form 8-K/A filed on June 7, 2016).  

   Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to Current Report on 

Form 8-K/A filed on July 22, 2016).  

   Registration  Rights  Agreement,  dated  August  13,  2018,  between  Ocean  Power  Technologies,  Inc.  and  Aspire 
Capital Fund, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 13, 
2018).  

   Form  of  Warrant  Agency  Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  Computershare  Trust  Company,  N.A. 
collectively  as  warrant  agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.7  to  Amendment  No.2  to  the  Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file No. 333-230199, filed with the SEC on April 3, 2019. 

   Form of Common Warrant ((incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 5, 

2019).  

   Form of Pre-Funded Warrant ((incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 

5, 2019). 

10.1 

   Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit A to Proxy Statement 

filed August 28, 2013).* 

10.2 

   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed March 14, 

2011).* 

10.3 

   Employment Agreement, dated December 29, 2014, between George H. Kirby and Ocean Power Technologies, 

Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed March 11, 2015).* 

10.4 

   Stipulation and Agreement of Class Settlement dated as of May 5, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 

to Current Report on Form 8-K on May 11, 2016). 

10.5 

   Form of Securities Purchase Agreement dated June 2, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Current 

Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2016). 

10.6 

   Form of the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated June 2, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the 

Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2016). 

10.7 

   Agreement by and between Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. and Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd dated 
May 31, 2016 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on June 6, 
2016).  

10.8 

   Form of Amendment No. 1 to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated June 7, 2016 (incorporated by reference to 

Exhibit 99.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on June 7, 2016). 

10.9 

   Form of Amendment No. 2, dated as of July 21, 2016, to the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 2, 
2016, by and among Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. and the investor’s signatory thereto, and (incorporated by 
reference from Exhibit 99.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 21, 2016). 

10.10 

   Form  of  Subscription  Agreement,  dated  July  22,  2016  between  the  Company  and  the  Purchasers  thereto 

(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 22, 2016). 

10.11 

   Employment Letter between the Company and Matthew Shafer dated August 23, 2016, (incorporated by reference 

from Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 29, 2016).* 

10.12 

   2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan* (incorporated by reference to Annex A to Proxy Statement filed on September 3, 

2015).  

10.13 

  Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  the  U.S.  Office  of  Naval  Research  dated  September  13,  2016 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 14, 
2016). 

10.14 

   Ocean  Power  Technologies,  Inc.  Employment  Inducement  Incentive  Award  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to 

Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 19, 2018).* 

56 

 
     
  
  
     
Exhibit 
Number 

Description 

10.15 

   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan (incorporated by reference 

to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 19, 2018).* 

10.16 

   Contract between Eni S.p.A. and the Company dated March 14, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to 

Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 19, 2018). + 

10.17 

   Contract between Premier Oil UK Limited and the Company dated June 27, 2018 (incorporated by reference to 

Exhibit 10.27 to Form 10-K filed with the SEC on July 17, 2018).+ 

10.18 

   Amendment to the Employment Agreement of George H. Kirby III (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to 

Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 18, 2018). * 

10.19 

   Common Stock Purchase Agreement with Aspire Capital Fund, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to 

Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 13, 2018).  

10.20 

   Registration Rights Agreement with Aspire Capital Fund, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 

8-K filed with the SEC on August 13, 2018).  

10.21 

   Sales Agreement between the Company and A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 

10.1 to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 7, 2019).  

10.22 

   Contract between U.S. Navy and the Company dated February 11, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 

to Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on March 11, 2019).  

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26+ 

   Warrant Agency Agreement between Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. 
dated April 8, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 8, 2019.  
   Contract amendment between Premier Oil UK Limited and the Company dated June 24, 2019 (incorporated by 

reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 25, 2019).+ 

   Lease  Agreement  dated  March  31,  2017  between  Ocean  Power  Technologies,  Inc.  and  PPH  Industrial  28 
Engelhard, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.37 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
filed with the SEC on July 22, 2019).  

   Supply and Service Contract between the Company and Empresa Electrica Panguipulli S.A. dated September 19, 
2019 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 23, 2019). 
+ 

10.27+ 

   Supply and Service Contract between the Company and Enel Green Power Chile LTDA dated September 19, 2019 

(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 23, 2019). + 

10.28 

   Contract amendment between Eni s.P.a. and the Company dated February 28, 2020 (incorporated by reference from 

10.29 

10.30 

21.1 
23.1 
31.1 
31.2 
32.1 
32.2 
101 

Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on March 9, 2020).  

   U.S.  Small  Business  Administration  Note  dated  May  3,  2020  of  Ocean  Power  Technologies,  Inc.  in  favor  of 
Santander Bank, N.A. as the Lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed on May 7, 2020).  

   Loan  Agreement  dated  May  3,  2020  between  Santander  Bank,  N.A.  and  Ocean  Power  Technologies,  Inc. 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 7, 2020). 

   Subsidiaries of the registrant  
   Consent of KPMG LLP  
   Certification of Chief Executive Officer  
   Certification of Chief Financial Officer  
   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002** 
   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002** 
   The following financial information from Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
annual  period  ended  April  30,  2020,  formatted  in  eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language  (XBRL):  (i) 
Consolidated Balance Sheets - as of April 30, 2020 and 2019, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations - for the 
years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss - for the years ended 
April 30, 2020 and 2019, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity - for the years ended April 30, 2020 
and 2019 (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - for the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, (vi) Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements.*** 

Indicates that confidential treatment has been requested for this exhibit. 

+ 
*  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 
**  As provided in Item 601(b)(32)(ii) of Regulation S-K, this exhibit shall not be deemed to be “filed” or part of 
a  registration  statement  or  prospectus  for  purposes  of  Sections  11  or  12  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as 
amended, and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
or otherwise subject to the liability under those sections. 

***  As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this exhibit shall not be deemed “filed” or a part of a registration 
statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and shall 
not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise subject 
to the liability under those sections. 

57 

     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page 

Reports of Management ............................................................................................................................................   F-2 
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm....................................................................................   F-3 
Consolidated Balance Sheets, April 30, 2020 and 2019 ...........................................................................................   F-4 
Consolidated Statements of Operations, twelve months ended April 30, 2020 and 2019 ........................................   F-5 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss, twelve months ended April 30, 2020 and 2019 ........................   F-6 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, twelve months ended April 30, 2020 and 2019 ........................   F-7 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, twelve months ended April 30, 2020 and 2019 .......................................   F-8 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .............................................................................................................   F-9 

F-1 

 
 
  
  
  
 
 
Management’s Report on Consolidated Financial Statements 

Reports of Management 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the management of Ocean Power 
Technologies,  Inc.  (the  Company)  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  to  reflect  the  financial 
position of the Company and its operating results. The financial information appearing throughout this Annual Report is 
consistent with the consolidated financial statements. Management is responsible for the information and representations 
in  such  consolidated  financial  statements,  including  the  estimates  and  judgments  required  for  their  preparation.  The 
consolidated financial statements have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as 
stated in their report, which appears herein. 

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed entirely of directors who are not officers or 
employees of the Company, meets regularly with management and the independent registered public accounting firm. The 
independent registered public accounting firm has had, and continues to have, direct access to the Audit Committee without 
the presence of other management personnel and have been directed to discuss the results of their audit work and any 
matters they believe should be brought to the Committee’s attention. The independent registered public accounting firm 
reports directly to the Audit Committee. 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over 
financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that: 

●  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 

transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; 

●  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of 
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and 
directors of the Company; and 

●  provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use 
or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls 
may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures 
may deteriorate. 

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
as of April 30, 2020. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this 
assessment using those criteria, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was 
effective as of April 30, 2020. 

/s/ George H. Kirby III 
George H. Kirby III 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Matthew T. Shafer 
Matthew T. Shafer 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

F-2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors 
Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.: 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Ocean  Power  Technologies,  Inc.  and 
subsidiaries  (the  Company)  as  of  April  30,  2020  and  2019,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations, 
comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively, the 
consolidated  financial  statements).  In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in  all  material 
respects, the financial position of the Company as of April 30, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash 
flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

Change in Accounting Principle 

As  discussed  in  Note  2(n)  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  has  changed  its  method  of 
accounting for leases as of May 1, 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-02, Leases 
(Topic 842), and the related amendments. 

Going Concern 

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  assuming  that  the  Company  will 
continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1(b) to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered 
recurring losses from operations and has an accumulated deficit that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as 
a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1(b). The consolidated financial 
statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. 

Basis for Opinion 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility 
is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm 
registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be 
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan 
and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of 
material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  The  Company  is  not  required  to  have,  nor  were  we  engaged  to 
perform,  an  audit  of  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  As  part  of  our  audits,  we  are  required  to  obtain  an 
understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. 

Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  consolidated 
financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures 
included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our 
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2004. 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
June 29, 2020 

F-3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(in thousands, except share data) 

   April 30, 2020 

      April 30, 2019 

ASSETS 

Current assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents .............................................................................     $ 
Restricted cash- short-term ............................................................................       
Accounts receivable .......................................................................................       
Contract assets ...............................................................................................       
Other current assets ........................................................................................       
Total current assets ....................................................................................       
Property and equipment, net ..............................................................................       
Right-of-use asset, net .......................................................................................       
Restricted cash- long-term .................................................................................       
Total assets .................................................................................................     $ 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable ...........................................................................................     $ 
Accrued expenses ..........................................................................................       
Current portion of contract liabilities .............................................................       
Warrant liabilities ..........................................................................................       
Right-of-use liability- current ........................................................................       
Total current liabilities ...............................................................................       
Right-of-use liability ..........................................................................................       
Long term portion of contract liabilities ............................................................       
Deferred rent ......................................................................................................       
Total liabilities ...........................................................................................       

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15) 
Stockholders’ Equity: 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; authorized 5,000,000 shares, none  
issued or outstanding .....................................................................................       
Common stock, $0.001 par value; authorized 100,000,000 shares, issued 
12,939,420 and 5,425,517 shares, respectively ..............................................       
Treasury stock, at cost; 4,251 and 3,770 shares, respectively ........................       
Additional paid-in capital ..............................................................................       
Accumulated deficit .......................................................................................       
Accumulated other comprehensive loss .........................................................       
Total stockholders’ equity..........................................................................       
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity ...................................................     $ 

10,002     $ 
707       
105       
251       
588       
11,653       
499       
1,165       
221       
13,538     $ 

220     $ 
1,353       
100       
-       
229       
1,902       
1,078       
65       
-       
3,045       

16,660   
344   
63   
15   
537   
17,619   
592   
-   
155   
18,366   

312   
1,938   
188   
6   
-   
2,444   
-   
-   
147   
2,591   

-       

-   

13       
(302)      
231,101       
(220,136)      
(183)      
10,493       
13,538     $ 

5   
(301 ) 
226,026   
(209,784 ) 
(171 ) 
15,775   
18,366   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-4 

 
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
     
        
    
     
        
    
     
        
    
     
        
    
     
        
    
     
        
    
     
        
    
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

   Twelve months ended April 30, 

2020 

2019 

Revenues ................................................................................................................     $ 
Cost of revenues ....................................................................................................       
Gross loss ...........................................................................................................      

1,682      $ 
1,787        
(105 )      

632   
1,303   
(671 ) 

Operating expenses: 

Engineering and product development costs .....................................................      
Selling, general and administrative costs ...........................................................      
Total operating expenses ...............................................................................       
Operating loss ........................................................................................................       

Gain due to the change in fair value of warrant liabilities .....................................       
Interest income, net ................................................................................................       
Foreign exchange loss ............................................................................................       
Loss before income taxes .......................................................................................       
Income tax benefit .............................................................................................      
Net loss ..................................................................................................................     $ 
Basic and diluted net loss per share .......................................................................     $ 
Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share      

4,344        
6,916        
11,260        
(11,365 )      

6        
124        
(12 )      
(11,247 )      
895        
(10,352 )    $ 
(1.44 )    $ 
7,209,732        

4,984   
7,616   
12,600   
(13,271 ) 

195   
35   
(55 ) 
(13,096 ) 
850   
(12,246 ) 
(9.52 ) 
1,286,727   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-5 

 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
       
  
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
  
     
         
    
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss 
(in thousands) 

  Twelve months ended April 30,   

2020 

2019 

Net loss .....................................................................................................    $ 
Foreign currency translation adjustment ..................................................      
Total comprehensive loss .........................................................................    $ 

(10,352 )   $ 
(12 )     
(10,364 )   $ 

(12,246 ) 
(11 ) 
(12,257 ) 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-6 

 
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
      
  
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 
(in thousands, except share data) 

   Common Shares 
   Shares 

     Treasury Shares       Paid-In      Accumulated     Comprehensive     Stockholders’   

    Amount      Shares      Amount      Capital       Deficit 

Loss 

     Equity 

    Additional     

Accumulated 
Other 

Total 

(197,538 )   $ 
(12,246 )     

(160 )     

     10,236   
(12,246 ) 
295   

(5,090 )     

21,429       

151,561       

162,162       

921,247     $ 

Balance at May 1, 2018 .............................      
Net loss ......................................................      
Stock based compensation ........................      
Issuance (forfeiture) of restricted stock, 
net ..............................................................      
Exercise of prefunded warrants, net of 
issuance costs ............................................       2,632,120       
Common stock issued for commitment 
fee- Aspire .................................................      
Issuance of common stock- Aspire 
financing, 
net of issuance costs ..................................      
Issuance of common stock- AGP At The      
Market offering, net of issuance costs ......      
Issuance of common stock, common and      
pre-funded warants, net of issuance costs .       1,542,000       
Acquisition of treasury stock ....................      
Other comprehensive loss .........................      
Other ..........................................................      
88       
Balance, April 30, 2019.............................       5,425,517       
Net loss ......................................................      
Stock based compensation ........................      
Issuance (forfeiture) of restricted stock, 
net ..............................................................      
Exercise of prefunded warrants, net of 
issuance costs ............................................      
Common stock issued for commitment 
fee- Aspire .................................................      
Issuance of common stock- Aspire 
financing, 
net of issuance costs ..................................       1,399,205       
Issuance of common stock- AGP At The      
 Market offering, net of issuance costs .....       5,101,405       
Acquisition of treasury stock ....................      
Other comprehensive loss .........................      
Balance, April 30, 2020.............................      12,939,420     $ 

753,560       

194,805       

64,928       

1        (3,701 )   $ 

(300 )   $  208,233     $ 

-       

3       

-       

-       

-       

1       

(89 )     

-       
20       
5        (3,770 )     

295       

-       

17       

295       

593       

882       

15,711       

(1 )     

-       

(301 )      226,026       

-       

1       

1       

1       

5       

(481 )     

(1 )     

340       

-       

(17 )     

294       

1,020       

3,438       

(11 )     

(171 )     

(209,784 )     
(10,352 )     

-   

20   

295   

593   

882   

15,712   
(1 ) 
(11 ) 

15,775   
(10,352 ) 
340   

-   

(16 ) 

295   

1,021   

3,443   
(1 ) 
(12 ) 
10,493   

13        (4,251 )   $ 

(302 )   $  231,101     $ 

(220,136 )   $ 

(12 )     
(183 )   $ 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

F-7 

 
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in thousands) 

   Twelve months ended April 30, 

2020 

2019 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net loss ..............................................................................................................    $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: 

Foreign exchange loss ....................................................................................       
Depreciation of fixed assets ...........................................................................       
Amortization of right of use asset ..................................................................       
Compensation expense related to stock option grants and restricted stock ....       
Gain due to the change in fair value of warrant liabilities .............................       
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable ...................................................................................       
Unbilled receivables ..................................................................................       
Contract assets ...........................................................................................       
Other assets ................................................................................................       
Accounts payable .......................................................................................       
Accrued expenses ......................................................................................       
Deferred rent ..............................................................................................       
Deferred credit payable ..............................................................................       
Unearned revenue ......................................................................................       
Change in lease liability .............................................................................       
Contract liabilities ......................................................................................       
Net cash used in operating activities ......................................................      

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchases of marketable securities ....................................................................      
Maturities of marketable securities ....................................................................      
Purchase of computers, equipment and furniture ...............................................      
Net cash used in investing activities ......................................................      

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, common and pre-funded warrants, 
net of issuance costs ...........................................................................................      
Proceeds from issuance of common stock- Aspire financing net of issuance 
costs ...................................................................................................................      
Proceeds from issuance of common stock- AGP At The Market offering, net 
of issuance costs ................................................................................................      
Proceeds (costs) associated with exercise of pre-funded warrants.....................      
Payment of capital lease obligations ..................................................................      
Acquisition of treasury stock .............................................................................      
Net cash provided by financing activities ..............................................      
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash .....       
Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash ....................      
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period ...........................       
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period .....................................     $ 

(10,352 )    $ 

(12,246 ) 

12        
158        
197        
340        
(6 )      

(42 )      
-        
(236 )      
251        
(92 )      
(585 )      
-        
-        
-        
(201 )      
(23 )      
(10,579 )      

-        
-        
(65 )      
(65 )      

55   
180   
-   
295   
(195 ) 

108   
71   
(15 ) 
325   
23   
(316 ) 
5   
(600 ) 
(18 ) 
-   
188   
(12,140 ) 

(25 ) 
50   
(54 ) 
(29 ) 

-        

15,712   

1,021        

593   

3,443        
(16 )      
-        
(1 )      
4,447        
(32 )      
(6,229 )      
17,159        
10,930      $ 

882   
20   
(23 ) 
(1 ) 
17,183   
(80 ) 
4,934   
12,225   
17,159   

1   

-   

5   

Supplemental schedule of cash flows information: 

Cash paid for interest .........................................................................................    $ 

-      $ 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash operating activities: 

Prepaid financing costs reported in accrued expenses .......................................    $ 

7      $ 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing activities: 

Acquisition of computers, equipment and furniture through accounts payable .    $ 

-      $ 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash financing activities: 

Common stock issued for payment of commitment fee .....................................    $ 

295      $ 

295   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 

F-8 

 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
         
    
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(1) Background and Liquidity 

(a) Background 

Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. (the  “Company”)  was  founded  in  1984  in New  Jersey,  commenced  business 
operations in 1994 and re-incorporated in Delaware in 2007. We are a complete solutions provider, controlling the design, 
manufacturing, sales, installation, operations and maintenance of our products while working closely with partners that 
provide  payloads,  integration  services,  and  marine  installation  capabilities.  Our  solutions  provide  distributed  offshore 
power which is persistent, reliable, and economical along with power and communications for remote surface and subsea 
applications. Our mission and purpose is to utilize our proprietary, state-of-the-art technologies to reduce the global carbon 
footprint by providing renewable energy solutions for reliable electrical power  and,  in so doing, drive  demand for our 
products and services, thus realizing positive stockholder returns. Since fiscal 2002, government agencies have accounted 
for a significant portion of the Company’s revenues. These revenues were largely for the support of product development 
efforts  relating  to  our  technology.  Today  our  goal  is  to  generate  the  majority  of  our  revenue  from  the  sale  or  lease  of 
products  and  solutions,  and  sales  of  services  to  support  our  business  operations.  As  we  continue  to  develop  and 
commercialize our products and services, we expect to have a net decrease in cash due to the use of cash from operating 
activities unless and until we achieve positive cash flow from the commercialization of solutions, products and services. 

(b) Liquidity/Going Concern 

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  assuming  the  Company  will  continue  as  a  going 
concern. The Company has experienced substantial and recurring losses from operations, which have contributed to an 
accumulated deficit of $220.1 million at April 30, 2020. At April 30, 2020, the Company had approximately $10.9 million 
in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash on hand. On May 5, 2020 the Company received $0.9 million proceeds from 
the PPP Loan (see Note 17 to these Consolidated Financial Statements for more information). The Company generated 
revenues of only $1.7 million and $0.6 million during the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Based on the 
Company’s cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash balances as of April 30, 2020 plus the subsequent proceeds from the 
PPP Loan, the Company believes that it will be able to finance its capital requirements and operations into the quarter 
ending April 30, 2021. The Company will require additional equity and/or debt financing to continue its operations. The 
Company cannot provide assurances that it will be able to secure additional funding when needed or at all, or, if secured, 
that  such  funding  would  be  on  favorable  terms.  These  factors  raise  substantial  doubt  about  the  Company’s  ability  to 
continue as a going concern. 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  on  a  going  concern  basis,  which  contemplates  the 
realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The consolidated financial statements 
do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded assets amounts or the amounts 
and classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. 

Management  is  evaluating  different  strategies  to  obtain  the  required  additional  funding  for  future  operations. 
These strategies may include, but are not limited to, continued pursuit of business opportunities; additional funding from 
current and /or new investors, officers and directors; borrowings of debt; a public offering of the Company’s equity or debt 
securities; partnerships and/or collaborations. There can be no assurance that any of these future-funding efforts will be 
successful. 

In fiscal 2020 and 2019, the Company has continued to make investments in ongoing product development efforts 
in anticipation of future growth. The Company’s future results of operations involve significant risks and uncertainties. 
Factors  that  could  affect  the  Company’s  future  operating  results  and  cause  actual  results  to  vary  materially  from 
expectations include, but are not limited to, risks from lack of available financing and insufficient capital, the impact of 
COVID-19 on its business, performance of its products, its inability to market and commercialize its products and new 
products that it may develop, technology development, scalability of technology and production, dependence on skills of 
key personnel, concentration of customers and suppliers, deployment risks and laws, regulations and permitting. In order 
to continue to implement its business strategy, the Company requires additional equity and/or debt financing. The Company 
currently has committed sources of equity financing through its At the Market Offering Agreement with A.G.P/Alliance 
Global Partners (“AGP”) and the Aspire Capital financing (each discussed further below), but the Company cannot be sure 
that additional equity and/or debt financing will be available to the Company as needed on acceptable terms, or at all. 
Historically, the Company has raised capital through securities sales in the public capital markets. If sufficient additional 
financing  is  not  obtained  when  needed,  the  Company  may  be  required  to  further  curtail  or  limit  operations,  product 
development costs, and/or selling, general and administrative activities in order to reduce its cash expenditures. This could 
cause the Company to be unable to execute its business plan, take advantage of future opportunities and may cause it to 
scale back, delay or eliminate some or all of its product development  activities and/or reduce the scope of or cease its 
operations. 

F-9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On August 13, 2018, the Company entered into a common stock purchase agreement with Aspire Capital Fund, 
LLC  (“Aspire  Capital”)  which  provided  that,  subject  to  certain  terms,  conditions  and  limitations,  Aspire  Capital  was 
committed to purchase up to an aggregate of $10.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock over a 30-month 
period that did not exceed 19.99% of the outstanding common stock on the date of the agreement. The number of shares 
the Company could issue within the 19.99% is 183,591 shares. Shareholder approval was not needed since the number of 
common stock offered for sale in the common stock purchase agreement did not exceed 19.99% of the outstanding common 
stock on the date of the agreement. In consideration for entering into the agreement, the Company issued to Aspire Capital 
21,429 shares of our common stock as a commitment fee. The agreement was cancelled on October 24, 2019, and as of 
that date, the Company had sold 162,162 shares of common stock with an aggregate market value of $949,259 at an average 
price of $5.85 per share pursuant to this common stock purchase agreement. 

On October 24, 2019, the Company entered into a new common stock purchase agreement with Aspire Capital 
which provides that, subject to certain terms, conditions and limitations, Aspire Capital is committed to purchase up to an 
aggregate of $10.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock over a 30-month period that does not exceed 19.99% 
of the outstanding common stock on the date of the agreement. The number of shares the Company can issue within the 
19.99% limit is 1,219,010 shares including shares issued as a commitment fee. At the 2019 annual meeting of stockholders, 
held on December 20, 2019, the Company’s stockholders approved an additional 5,400,000 shares to be issued pursuant to 
the common stock purchase agreement in excess of the 19.99% limit. In consideration for entering into the agreement, the 
Company issued to Aspire Capital 194,805 shares of our common stock as a commitment fee. As of April 30, 2020, the 
Company has sold 1,399,205 shares of common stock with an aggregate market value of approximately $1.1 million at an 
average price of $0.82 per share pursuant to this common stock purchase agreement. 

On April 8, 2019, the Company sold 1,542,000 shares of common stock, which includes the sale of 642,000 shares 
of the Company’s common stock sold by the Company pursuant to the exercise, in full, of the over-allotment option by the 
underwriters in a public offering. As part of the public offering, the Company also sold prefunded warrants to purchase up 
to 3,385,680 shares of common stock and common warrants to purchase up to 4,927,680 shares of our common stock. The 
net proceeds to the Company from the offering were approximately $15.7 million, after deducting underwriter fees and 
offering expenses payable by the Company. 

On January 7, 2019, the Company entered into an At the Market Offering Agreement (“2019 ATM Facility”) with 
A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners, under which the Company may issue and sell to or through AGP, acting as agent and/or 
principal, shares of the Company’s common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $25 million. Through April 
30, 2020, under the 2019 ATM Facility, the Company has issued 5,101,405 shares of its common stock with an aggregate 
market value of approximately $3.8 million at an average price of $0.74 per share and paid AGP a sales commission of 
$122,530 related to those shares. 

The sale of additional equity or convertible securities could result in dilution to stockholders. If additional funds 
are raised through the issuance of debt securities, these securities could have rights senior to those associated with the 
Company’s common stock and could contain covenants that would restrict its operations. Financing may not be available 
in amounts or on terms acceptable to the Company, or at all. If the Company is unable to obtain required financing, it may 
be required to reduce the scope of its operations, including its planned product development and marketing efforts, which 
could  materially  and  adversely  harm  its  financial  condition  and  operating  results.  If  the  Company  is  unable  to  secure 
additional financing, it may be forced to cease operations. 

If our common stock is delisted from Nasdaq (see Note 15  – Commitments and Contingencies for more), our 
ability to raise capital through public offerings of our securities and to finance our operations could be adversely affected. 
See additional risk factors under “Part I, Item 1A – Risk Factors”. We also believe that delisting would likely result in 
decreased liquidity and/or increased volatility in our common stock and could harm our business and future prospects. In 
addition, we believe that, if our common stock is delisted, our stockholders would likely find it more difficult to obtain 
accurate quotations as to the price of the common stock and it may be more difficult for stockholders to buy or sell our 
common stock at competitive market prices, or at all. 

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

(a) Consolidation 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned 

subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

F-10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) Use of Estimates 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management of the Company to make a number 
of estimates and assumptions relating to the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent 
assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
during the period. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include estimated costs to complete projects 
and percentage of completion of customer contracts for purposes of revenue recognition. Actual results could differ from 
those  estimates.  The  current  economic  environment,  particularly  the  macroeconomic  pressures  in  certain  European 
countries, has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in those estimates and assumptions. 

(c) Revenue Recognition 

A  performance  obligation  is  the unit  of  account  for  revenue  recognition.  The  Company  assesses  the goods  or 
services promised in a contract with a customer and identifies as a performance obligation either: a) a good or service (or 
a bundle of goods or services) that is distinct; or b) a series of distinct goods or services that are substantially the same and 
that have the same pattern of transfer to the customer. A contract may contain a single or multiple performance obligations. 
For  contracts  with  multiple  performance  obligations,  the  Company  allocates  the  contracted  transaction  price  to  each 
performance obligation based upon the relative standalone selling price, which represents the price the Company would 
sell a promised good or service separately to a customer. The Company determines the standalone selling price based upon 
the facts and circumstances of each obligated good or service. The majority of the Company’s contracts have no observable 
standalone selling price since the associated products and services are customized to customer specifications. As such, the 
standalone selling price generally reflects the Company’s forecast of the total cost to satisfy the performance obligation 
plus an appropriate profit margin. 

The  nature  of  the  Company’s  contracts  may  give  rise  to  several  types  of  variable  considerations,  including 
unpriced change orders and liquidated damages and penalties. Variable consideration can also arise from modifications to 
the scope of services. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price to the extent it is probable that a significant 
reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur once the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is 
resolved. Our estimates of variable consideration and determination of whether to include such amounts in the transaction 
price are based largely on our assessment of legal enforceability, performance and any other information (historical, current, 
and forecasted) that is reasonably available to us. ASU 2016-10 provides a practical expedient in ASC 606-10-25-18B that 
permits presentation of shipping and handling costs, that occur after control of the promised goods or services transfer to 
the customer, as fulfillment costs rather than evaluating whether the shipping and handling activities are promised services 
to the customer. The Company adopted this practical expedient. 

The Company recognizes revenue when or as it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring a good or service 
to a customer, either (1) at a point in time or (2) over time. A good or service is transferred when or as the customer obtains 
control of it. The evaluation of whether control of each performance obligation is transferred at a point in time or over time 
is made at contract inception. Input measures such as costs incurred or time elapsed are utilized to assess progress against 
specific contractual performance obligations for the Company’s services. The selection of the method to measure progress 
towards completion requires judgment and is based on the nature of the services to be provided. For the Company, the 
input  method  using  costs  incurred  or  time  elapsed  best  represents  the  measure  of  progress  against  the  performance 
obligations incorporated within the contractual agreements. When the Company’s estimate of total costs to be incurred to 
satisfy the performance obligations exceed revenue, the Company recognizes the loss immediately. 

The Company’s contracts are either cost plus or fixed price contracts. Under cost plus contracts, customers are 
billed  for  actual  expenses  incurred  plus  an  agreed-upon  fee.  Under  cost  plus  contracts,  a  profit  or  loss  on  a  project  is 
recognized depending on whether actual costs are more or less than the agreed upon amount. 

The Company has two types of fixed price contracts, firm fixed price and cost-sharing. Under firm fixed price 
contracts, the Company receives an agreed-upon amount for providing products and services specified in the contract, a 
profit or loss is recognized depending on whether actual costs are more or less than the agreed upon amount. Under cost-
sharing contracts, the fixed amount agreed upon with the customer is only intended to fund a portion of the costs on a 
specific project. Under cost sharing contracts, an amount corresponding to the revenue is recorded in cost of revenues, 
resulting in gross profit on these contracts of zero. The Company’s share of the costs is recorded as product development 
expense.  The  Company  reports  its  disaggregation  of  revenue  by  contract  type  since  this  method  best  represents  the 
Company’s business. For the twelve-month periods ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, all of the Company’s contracts were 
classified as firm fixed price. 

As of April 30, 2020, the Company’s total remaining performance obligations, also referred to as backlog, totaled 
$1.0  million.  The  Company  expects  to  recognize  approximately  79%,  or  $0.8  million,  of  the  remaining  performance 
obligations as revenue over the next twelve months. 

F-11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company also enters into lease arrangements for its PB3 with certain customers. As of April 30, 2020, the 
Company  has  one  lease  arrangement  with  18  months  remaining  on  its  term.  Revenue  related  to  multiple-element 
arrangements is allocated to lease and non-lease elements based on their relative standalone selling prices or expected cost 
plus  a  margin  approach.  Lease  elements  generally  include  a  PB3  and  components, while  non-lease  elements  generally 
include  engineering,  monitoring  and  support  services.  In  the  lease  arrangement,  the  customer  is  provided  an  option  to 
extend the lease term or purchase the leased PB3 at some point during and/or at the end of the lease term. 

The Company classifies leases as either operating or financing in accordance with the authoritative accounting 
guidance contained within ASC Topic 842, “Leases”. At inception of the contract, the Company evaluates the lease against 
the lease classification criteria within ASC Topic 842. If the direct financing or sales-type classification criteria are met, 
then the lease is accounted for as a finance lease. All others are treated as an operating lease. 

The Company recognizes revenue from operating lease arrangements generally on a straight-line basis over the 
lease term and is presented in Revenues in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The lease income for the twelve 
months ended April 30, 2020 and 2019 was immaterial. 

(d) Cash and Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Security Agreements 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to 
be cash equivalents. The Company invests excess cash in a money market account. The following table summarizes cash 
and cash equivalents for the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019: 

   April 30, 2020       April 30, 2019    
(in thousands) 

Checking and savings accounts ..........     $ 
Money market account .......................       
   $ 

1,551     $ 
8,451       
10,002     $ 

860  
15,800  
16,660  

Restricted Cash and Security Agreements 

A portion of the Company’s cash is restricted under the terms of various security agreements. 

One  agreement  is  between  the  Company  and  Barclays  Bank.  Under  this  agreement,  the  cash  is  on  deposit  at 
Barclays Bank and serves as security for letters of credit and bank guarantees that are expected to be issued by Barclays 
Bank on behalf of OPT LTD, one of the Company’s subsidiaries, under a credit facility established by Barclays Bank for 
OPT LTD. The credit facility is approximately €0.3 million ($0.4 million) and carries a fee of 1% per annum of the amount 
of any such obligations issued by Barclays Bank. The credit facility does not have an expiration date but is cancelable at 
the discretion of the bank. As of April 30, 2020, there were no letters of credit outstanding under this agreement. 

The other agreements are between the Company and Santander Bank. Cash is on deposit at Santander Bank and 
serves  as  security  for  a  letter  of  credit  issued  by  Santander  Bank  for  the  lease  of  warehouse/office  space  in  Monroe 
Township, New Jersey. This agreement cannot be extended beyond January 31, 2025 and is cancelable at the discretion of 
the bank. Santander Bank also issued two letters of credit to subsidiaries of EGP pursuant to the Company’s contracts with 
EGP. The first letter of credit was issued in the amount of $125,690 that expires in February 2021. The second letter of 
credit was issued in the amount of $645,467. This second letter of credit will be reduced to $322,734 after achieving certain 
milestones and to $64,547 after certain additional milestones are achieved. The remaining amount expires in September 
2021. The following table summarizes restricted cash for the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019: 

  April 30, 2020     April 30, 2019   
(in thousands) 

Barclay’s Bank Agreement .......................    $ 
Santander Bank .........................................      
  $ 

-     $ 
928       
928     $ 

344   
155   
499   

The following table provides a reconciliation of  cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the 
Statement of Financial Position that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the Statement of Cash Flows for 
the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019: 

F-12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
   April 30, 2020       April 30, 2019    
(in thousands) 

Cash and cash equivalents ..................................................     $ 
Restricted cash- short term .................................................       
Restricted cash- long term ..................................................       
   $ 

10,002     $ 
707       
221       
10,930     $ 

16,660   
344   
155   
17,159   

(e) Property and Equipment 

Property  and  equipment  is  stated  at  cost,  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation  and 
amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives (three to seven years) of the assets. 
Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the 
asset or the remaining lease term. Expenses for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. Property 
and equipment is also reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of 
the carrying amount of the asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the 
carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, then an impairment charge is recognized in the amount 
by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. 

Description 

   Estimated useful life 

Equipment 
Computer equipment & software 
Office furniture & fixtures 
Equipment under capitalized lease 
Leasehold improvements 

(f) Foreign Exchange Gains and Losses 

   5 - 7 years 
   3 years 
   3 - 7 years 
   Over the life of the lease 
   Shorter of the estimated useful life or lease term 

The  Company  maintains  cash  accounts  that  are  denominated  in  British  pound  sterling,  Euros  and  Australian 
dollars.  These  amounts  are  included  in  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  restricted  cash  on  the  accompanying  Consolidated 
Balance Sheets. Such positions may result in realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses from exchange rate 
fluctuations,  which  are  included  in  “Foreign  exchange  gain/(loss)”  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Operations. 

(g) Concentration of Credit Risk 

Financial  instruments  that  potentially  subject  the  Company  to  credit  risk  consist  principally  of  trade  accounts 
receivable and cash. The Company believes that its credit risk is limited because the Company’s current contracts are with 
companies with a reliable payment history. The Company invests its excess cash in a money market fund and does not 
believe that it is exposed to any significant risks related to its cash accounts and money market fund. Cash is also maintained 
at foreign financial institutions. Cash in foreign financial institutions as of April 30, 2020 was $0.3 million. 

The  table  below  shows  the  percentage  of  the  Company’s  revenues  derived  from  customers  whose  revenues 

accounted for at least 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues for at least one of the periods indicated: 

   Twelve months ended April 30, 

2020 

2019 

Eni S.p.A. ...........................................................................       
Premier Oil UK Limited .....................................................       
EGP ....................................................................................       
Other ...................................................................................       

10 %      
9 %      
72 %      
9 %      
100 %      

54 % 
33 % 
4 % 
9 % 
100 % 

The  loss  of,  or  a  significant  reduction  in  revenues  from  a  current  customer  could  significantly  impact  the 
Company’s financial position or results of operations. The Company does not require its customers to maintain collateral. 

F-13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
     
 
 
 
(h) Warrant Accounting 

The Company accounts for warrants issued in connection with its public offerings in accordance with the guidance 
on “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity” in Topic 480 which 
provides that warrants meeting the classification of a liability award are recorded as a liability at its fair value. The warrant 
liabilities are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The 
Company recognizes any change in fair value in its consolidated statements of operations within “Gain due to the change 
in fair value of warrant liabilities”. The Company will continue to adjust the carrying value of the warrants for changes in 
the estimated fair value until such time as these instruments are exercised or expire. At that time, the liabilities will be 
reclassified to “Additional paid-in capital”, a component of “Stockholders’ equity” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 
The warrants issued in connection with the Company’s public offerings in June and July 2016 met the criteria of a liability 
award and were classified in warrant liabilities. The pre-funded and common warrants issued in the Company’s April 8, 
2019 public offering did not meet the criteria to be classified as a liability award and therefore were treated as an equity 
award. 

(i) Net Loss per Common Share 

Basic and diluted net loss per share for all periods presented is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted 
average number of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents outstanding during the period. The pre-funded 
warrants were determined to be common stock equivalents and have been included in the weighted average number of 
shares outstanding for calculation of the basic earnings per share number. Due to the Company’s net losses, potentially 
dilutive securities, consisting of options to purchase shares of common stock, warrants on common stock and unvested 
restricted stock issued to employees and non-employee directors, were excluded from the diluted loss per share calculation 
due to their anti-dilutive effect. 

In computing diluted net loss per share on the Consolidated Statement of Operations, warrants on common stock, 
options to purchase shares of common stock and unvested restricted stock issued to employees and non-employee directors, 
totaling 5,564,438 and 5,013,981 for the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, were excluded from each of 
the computations as the effect would be anti-dilutive due to the Company’s losses. 

(j) Share-Based Compensation 

Costs resulting from all share-based payment transactions are recognized in the consolidated financial statements 
at their fair values. The aggregate share-based compensation expense recorded in the consolidated statements of operations 
for the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019 was approximately $0.3 million in each of these years. The following table 
summarizes share-based compensation related to the Company’s share-based plans by expense category for the years ended 
April 30, 2020 and 2019: 

   Twelve months ended April 30,    

2020 

2019 

Product development ........................................     $ 
Selling, general and administrative ..................       
Total share-based compensation expense .........     $ 

89     $ 
251       
340     $ 

29   
266   
295   

(k) Deferred Rent 

On  March  31,  2017,  the  Company  signed  a  7-year  lease  for  approximately  56,000  square  feet  in  Monroe 
Township, New Jersey that is being used as warehouse/production space, as well as the Company’s principal offices and 
corporate headquarters. The lease was classified as an operating lease. Rent payments relating to the Monroe premises are 
subject to annual increases. The minimum monthly payments will vary over the 7-year term of the lease. The Landlord has 
provided the Company a tenant improvement allowance in an amount up to, but not exceeding, $137,563 to be applied to 
the cost of tenant improvement work. The Company recorded lease incentive liability to deferred rent. With the Company’s 
adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02 on May 1, 2019, the balances in lease incentive liability 
and deferred rent have been included in the value of the right of use asset. 

F-14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
(l) Income Taxes 

Income  taxes  are  accounted  for  under  the  asset  and  liability  method.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are 
recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of 
existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those 
temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards are expected to be recovered, settled or utilized. The 
effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the 
enactment date. 

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of 
being sustained upon examination. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 
50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in 
judgment occurs. The Company records interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in 
selling, general, and administrative expenses, to the extent incurred. 

(m) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

The functional currency for the Company’s foreign operations is the applicable local currency. The translation 
from the applicable foreign currencies to U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using the exchange rates in 
effect at the balance sheet date and for revenue and expense accounts using an average exchange rate during the period. 
The unrealized gains or losses resulting from such translation are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss within 
stockholders’ equity. 

(n) Recently Issued Accounting Standards 

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 
842).” which amends the existing guidance on accounting for leases. Topic 842 was further clarified and amended within 
ASU 2017-13, ASU 2018-01, ASU 2018-10, ASU 2018-11 and ASU 2018-20. The new standard establishes a right-of-
use (ROU) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with 
terms longer than twelve months or leases that contain a purchase option that is reasonably certain to be exercised. Leases 
will  be  classified  as  either  finance  or  operating,  with  classification  affecting  the  pattern  of  expense  recognition  in  the 
income statement. ASU 2016-02 was effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim 
periods  within  those  annual  periods,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  The  guidance  permits  the  Company  to  utilize  the 
package of practical expedients that, upon adoption of Topic 842, allows entities to (1) not reassess whether any expired 
or existing contracts are or contain leases, (2) retain the classification of leases (e.g., operating or finance lease) existing as 
of the date of adoption and (3) not reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases. Additionally, the Company elected 
to exclude short-term leases having initial terms of 12 months or less and recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis 
over the lease term. The Company adopted Topic 842 on May 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective approach. Under 
this approach, comparative periods presented in the financial statements in which the new lease standard is adopted will 
continue  to  be  presented  in  accordance  with  prior  GAAP.  The  adoption  of  this  standard  resulted  in  the  Company 
recognizing a ROU asset and a lease liability of approximately $1.4 million and $1.5 million, respectively, and eliminating 
deferred rent of $39,000 and an unamortized lease incentive receivable of $108,000. Refer to Note 6 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements for disclosure requirements related to the adoption of this standard. 

In  June  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2016-13,  “Financial  Instruments  -  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326), 
Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on  Financial  Instruments.”  The  amendment  in  this  update  replaces  the  incurred  loss 
impairment methodology in current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses on instruments within 
its scope, including trade receivables. This update is intended to provide financial statement users with more decision-
useful information about the expected credit losses. This ASU is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning 
after December 15, 2019. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of ASU 2016-13 will have on its 
consolidated financial statements. 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820).” The ASU modifies, 
removes, and adds several disclosure requirements on fair value measurements in Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. 
ASU 2018-13 is effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after 
December  15,  2019.  The  amendments  on  changes  in  unrealized  gains  and  losses,  the  range  and  weighted  average  of 
significant  unobservable  inputs  used  to  develop  Level  3  fair  value  measurements,  and  the  narrative  description  of 
measurement uncertainty should be applied prospectively for only the most recent interim or annual period presented in 
the initial fiscal year of adoption. All other amendments should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented upon 
their effective date. Early adoption is permitted upon issuance of ASU 2018-13. An entity is permitted to early adopt any 
removed or modified disclosures upon issuance of ASU 2018-13 and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until 
their effective date. The Company is evaluating the effect ASU 2018-13 will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements 
and disclosures and has not yet determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting at this time. 

F-15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2018-15,  “Intangibles  —  Goodwill  and  Other  —  Internal-Use 
Software (Subtopic 350-40).” The ASU provides for the recognition of an intangible asset for the costs of internal-use 
software licenses included in a cloud computing arrangement. Costs of arrangements that do not include a software license 
should be accounted for as a service contract and expensed as incurred. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning 
after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The ASU permits two methods of adoption: prospectively to all 
implementation costs incurred after the date of adoption, or retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented. The 
Company is evaluating the effect ASU 2018-15 will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements and disclosures and has 
not yet determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting at this time. 

(3) Account Receivable, Contract Assets, and Contract Liabilities 

The following provides further details on the balance sheet accounts of accounts receivable, contract assets, and 

contract liabilities. 

Accounts Receivable 

The Company grants credit to its customers, generally without collateral, under normal payment terms (typically 
30 to 60 days after invoicing). Generally, invoicing occurs after the related services are performed or control of good has 
transferred  to  the  customer.  Accounts  receivable  represents  an  unconditional  right  to  consideration  arising  from  the 
Company’s performance under contracts with customers. The carrying value of such receivables represent their estimated 
realizable value. Accounts receivable consisted of the following at April 30, 2020 and 2019. 

  April 30, 2020     April 30, 2019   
(in thousands) 

Opening balance ...............................................    $ 
Amount invoiced to customers .........................      
Collections .......................................................      
Ending balance .................................................    $ 

63     $ 
1,386       
(1,344 )     
105     $ 

171   
857   
(965 ) 
63   

Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities 

Contract assets include unbilled amounts typically resulting from arrangements whereby the right to payment is 
conditioned  on  completing  additional  tasks  or  services  for a  performance  obligation.  The  increase  in  contract  assets  is 
primarily a result of services performed for EGP but unbilled during the twelve months ended April 30, 2020. 

Contract liabilities consist of amounts invoiced to customers in excess of revenue recognized. The decrease in 

contract liabilities is primarily a result of recognizing more revenue during the twelve months ended April 30, 2020. 

(4) Other Current Assets 

Other current assets consist of the following at April 30, 2020 and 2019: 

   April 30, 2020     April 30, 2019   
(in thousands) 

Deposits .........................................................    $ 
Other receivables ...........................................      
Prepaid insurance ..........................................      
Prepaid offering costs ....................................      
Prepaid expenses- other .................................      
  $ 

60     $ 
2       
124       
275       
127       
588     $ 

63   
44   
93   
144   
193   
537   

F-16 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
      
  
  
 
 
 
(5) Property and Equipment 

The components of property and equipment as of April 30, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following: 

   April 30, 2020     April 30, 2019   
(in thousands) 

Equipment .....................................................    $ 
Computer equipment & software ..................      
Office furniture & equipment ........................      
Leasehold improvements ..............................      
Equipment under capitalized lease ................      
Construction in process .................................      
  $ 
Less: accumulated depreciation ....................      
  $ 

342       
486       
339       
474       
-       
15       
1,656     $ 
(1,157 )     
499     $ 

339   
558   
341   
474   
103   
15   
1,830   
(1,238 ) 
592   

Depreciation expense was approximately $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the years ended April 30, 2020 and 

2019, respectively. 

(6) Leases 

Lessor Information 

As of April 30, 2020, the Company has one lease which has been classified as an operating lease per accounting 
guidance contained within ASC Topic 842, “Leases”. The Company’s remaining operating lease term on this lease is 18 
months. The maturity of lease payments remaining on this lease is immaterial. The accounting of the operating lease income 
according to ASC Topic 842, “Leases” is similar to the accounting in prior years. 

Lessee Information 

The  Company  has  one  lease  for  its  facility  located  in  Monroe  Township,  New  Jersey  that  is  used  as 
warehouse/production space and the Company’s principal offices and corporate headquarters. The initial lease term is for 
7 years with an option to extend the lease for another 5 years. The lease is classified as an operating lease. The operating 
lease  is  included  in  right-of-use  assets,  lease  liabilities-  current  and  lease  liabilities-  long-term  on  the  Company’s 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company has elected the package of practical expedients which applies to leases that 
commenced before the adoption date. By electing the package of practical expedients, the Company did not need to reassess 
whether any existing contracts are or contain leases, the lease classification for any existing leases and initial direct costs 
for any existing leases. 

Right-of-use asset and operating lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of future minimum 
lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date. When the implicit rate of the lease is not provided or cannot 
be determined, the Company used the incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the effective date 
to determine the present value of future payments. Lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when 
it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise those options. The renewal options have not been included in the 
lease term as they are not reasonably certain of exercise. Lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on a 
straight- line basis over the lease term and consists of interest on the lease liability and the amortization of the right of use 
asset. Variable lease expenses, if any, are recorded as incurred. The operating lease expense in the Consolidated Statement 
of Operations for the twelve months ended April 30, 2020 was $317,000. The operating cash flows from operating leases 
cash payments for the twelve months ended April 30, 2020 was $322,000. 

Information related to the Company’s right-of use assets and lease liabilities as of April 30, 2020 is as follows: 

   April 30, 2020 
      (in thousands) 

Operating lease: 
Operating right-of-use asset, net ...................................................................     $ 

Right-of-use liability- current .......................................................................       
Right-of-use liability- long term ...................................................................       
Total lease liability .......................................................................................     $ 

1,165   

229   
1,078   
1,307   

Weighted average remaining lease term- operating leases ...........................       
Weighted average discount rate- operating leases ........................................       

4.49 years 

8.5 % 

F-17 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
     
    
  
     
    
  
     
    
 
 
 
Total remaining lease payments under the Company’s operating leases are as follows: 

     April 30, 2020 
        (in thousands)    

2021 ..............................................................................................................         
2022 ..............................................................................................................         
2023 ..............................................................................................................         
2024 ..............................................................................................................         
Thereafter .....................................................................................................         
Total future minimum lease payments .........................................................       $ 
Less imputed interest ....................................................................................         
Total .............................................................................................................       $ 

331   
341   
352   
362   
184   
1,570   
(263 ) 
1,307   

ASC 840 Disclosure 

The Company elected the modified retrospective transition method and is required to present previously disclosed 

information under the prior accounting standard for leases. 

Lessee Information 

Future minimum lease payments under the Company’s operating lease as of April 30, 2019 were as follows: 

     April 30, 2019 
        (in thousands)    

2020 ..............................................................................................................         
2021 ..............................................................................................................         
2022 ..............................................................................................................         
2023 ..............................................................................................................         
2024 ..............................................................................................................         
Thereafter .....................................................................................................         
     $ 

322   
331   
341   
352   
362   
184   
1,892   

(7) Accrued Expenses 

Accrued expenses consisted of the following at April 30, 2020 and 2019: 

   April 30, 2020       April 30, 2019    
(in thousands) 

Project costs ........................................................................     $ 
Contract loss reserve ..........................................................       
Employee incentive payments ............................................       
Accrued salary and benefits ................................................       
Legal and accounting fees ..................................................       
Accrued taxes payable ........................................................       
Other ...................................................................................       
   $ 

48      $ 
216        
-        
483        
283        
177        
146        
1,353      $ 

9   
211   
580   
500   
273   
177   
188   
1,938   

(8) Warrants 

Liability Classified Warrants 

On June 2, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement, which was amended on June 7, 2016 
(as amended, the “June Purchase Agreement”) with certain institutional purchasers (the “June Purchasers”). Pursuant to 
the terms of the June Purchase Agreement, the Company sold an aggregate of 20,850 shares of common stock together 
with warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 7,298 shares of common stock. Each share of common stock was sold 
together with a warrant to purchase 0.35 of a share of common stock at a combined purchase price of $92.00. The warrants 
have an exercise price of $121.60 per share, became exercisable on December 3, 2016 (“Initial Exercise Date”), and will 
expire five years following the Initial Exercise Date. As of April 30, 2020, none of the warrants have been exercised. 

F-18 

 
  
  
  
  
       
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
       
    
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
  
  
 
 
 
On  July  22,  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Second  Amendment  to  the  Purchase  Agreement  (the  “Second 
Amended Purchase Agreement”) with certain institutional purchasers (the “July Purchasers”). Pursuant to the terms of the 
Second Amended Purchase Agreement, the Company sold an aggregate of 29,750 shares of common stock together with 
warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 8,925 shares of common stock. Each share of common stock was sold together 
with a warrant to purchase 0.30 of a share of common stock at a combined purchase price of $135.00. The Warrants were 
exercisable immediately at an exercise price of $187.20 per share. The warrants will expire on the fifth (5th) anniversary 
of the initial date of issuance. As of April 30, 2020, none of the warrants have been exercised. 

Equity Classified Warrants 

On April 8, 2019, the Company issued and sold 1,542,000 shares of common stock and pre-funded warrants to 
purchase up to 3,385,680 shares of common stock and common warrants to purchase up to 4,927,680 shares of our common 
stock in an underwritten public offering. The public offering price for the pre-funded warrants was equal to the public 
offering price of the common stock, less the $0.01 per share exercise price of each warrant. The pre-funded warrants have 
no expiration date. As of April 30, 2020, all of the pre-funded warrants have been exercised. The common stock warrants 
have an exercise price of $3.85 per share and expire five years from the issuance date. As of April 30, 2020, none of the 
common stock warrants have been exercised. 

The  Company  accounts  for  warrants  issued  in  connection  with  its  June  and  July  2016  public  offerings  in 
accordance with the guidance on “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities 
and Equity” in Topic 480 which provides that the Company classify the warrant instruments as a liability at its fair value. 
The warrant liabilities are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date using the Black-Scholes option pricing 
model. The June and July 2016 warrants contain a feature whereby they could require the transfer of assets and therefore 
are classified as a liability award in accordance with the guidance in Topic 480. The warrants have a value of zero at April 
30, 2020 and $6,000 at April 30, 2019 and are reflected within “Warrant liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 
The pre-funded and common warrants issued in the Company’s April 8, 2019 public offering did not meet the criteria to 
be classified as a liability award and therefore were treated as an equity award and recorded as a component of stockholders’ 
equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

An unrealized gain of $6,000 and $0.2 million, were included within “Gain due to change in fair value of warrant 
liabilities” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The 
Company determined the fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions for the 
period ended April 30, 2020 and 2019: 

   April 30, 2020 

      April 30, 2019 

Dividend rate ............................................     
Risk-free rate ............................................     
Expected life (years) .................................     
Expected volatility ....................................     

0.0 %     
0.17% - 0.19 %     
1.2 - 1.6        

0.0% 
2.2% - 2.3% 
2.2 - 2.6  

81.8% - 112.7 %      110.0% - 153.4% 

(9) Preferred Stock 

The Company has authorized 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per 

share. As of April 30, 2020, and 2019, no shares of preferred stock had been issued. 

(10) Common Stock 

As of April 30, 2020, the Company has 100,000,000 shares authorized with a par value of $0.001 per share and 

12,939,420 shares issued. 

On August 13, 2018, the Company entered into a common stock purchase agreement with Aspire Capital which 
provided  that,  subject  to  certain  terms,  conditions  and  limitations,  Aspire  Capital  was  committed  to  purchase  up  to  an 
aggregate of $10.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock over a 30-month period that did not exceed 19.99% 
of the outstanding common stock on the date of the agreement. The number of shares the Company could issue within the 
19.99% was 183,591 shares. Shareholder approval was not needed since the number of common stock offered for sale in 
the  common  stock  purchase  agreement  did  not  exceed  19.99%  of  the  outstanding  common  stock  on  the  date  of  the 
agreement.  In  consideration  for  entering  into  the  agreement,  the  Company  issued  to  Aspire  Capital  21,429  shares  of 
common stock as a commitment fee. The agreement was cancelled on October 24, 2019, and as of that date, the Company 
had sold 162,162 shares of common stock with an aggregate market value of $949,259 at an average price of $5.85 per 
share pursuant to this common stock purchase agreement. 

F-19 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
     
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On October 24, 2019, the Company entered into a new common stock purchase agreement with Aspire Capital 
which provides that, subject to certain terms, conditions and limitations, Aspire Capital is committed to purchase up to an 
aggregate of $10.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock over a 30-month period that does not exceed 19.99% 
of the outstanding common stock on the date of the agreement. The number of shares the Company can issue within the 
19.99% limit is 1,219,010 shares. At the 2019 annual meeting of stockholders, held on December 20, 2019, the Company’s 
stockholders approved an additional 5,400,000 shares to be issued pursuant to the common stock purchase agreement in 
excess of the 19.99% limit. In consideration for entering into the agreement, the Company issued to Aspire Capital 194,805 
shares of common stock as a commitment fee. As of April 30, 2020, the Company has sold 1,399,205 shares of common 
stock with an aggregate market value of approximately $1.1 million at an average price of $0.82 per share pursuant to this 
common stock purchase agreement. 

On January 7, 2019, the Company entered into the 2019 ATM Facility with A.G.P/Alliance Global Partners, under 
which the Company may issue and sell to or through A.G.P., acting as agent and/or principal, shares of the Company’s 
common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $25 million. As of April 30, 2020, under the 2019 ATM Facility 
the  Company has  issued  5,101,405  shares of  its  common  stock  with  an  aggregate  market value  of  approximately  $3.8 
million at an average price of $0.74 per share and paid AGP a sales commission of approximately $122,530 related to those 
shares. 

On April 8, 2019, the Company sold 1,542,000 shares of common stock, which includes the sale of 642,000 shares 
of the Company’s common stock sold by the Company pursuant to the exercise, in full, of the over-allotment option by the 
underwriters in a public offering, prefunded warrants to purchase up to 3,385,680 shares of common stock and common 
warrants to purchase up to 4,927,680 shares of common stock in an underwritten public offering. The net proceeds to the 
Company from the offering were approximately $15.7 million, after deducting underwriter’s fees and offering expenses 
payable by the Company. 

(11) Treasury Shares 

During  the  years  ended  April  30,  2020  and  2019,  481  and  89  shares  of  Common  Stock,  respectively,  were 

purchased by the Company from employees to pay taxes related to the vesting of restricted stock. 

(12) Share-Based Compensation Plans 

In 2015, upon approval by the Company’s stockholders, the Company’s 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 
Plan”) became effective. A total of 12,036 shares were authorized for issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, 
including shares available for awards under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan remaining at the time that plan terminated, or 
that  were  subject  to  awards  under  the  2006  Stock  Incentive  Plan  that  thereafter  terminated  by  reason  of  expiration, 
forfeiture, cancellation or otherwise. On October 21, 2016 upon approval by the Company’s stockholders the Company 
increased the number of shares authorized for issuance to 32,036. On December 7, 2018, upon approval by the Company’s 
stockholders, the Company increased the number of shares authorized for issuance to 132,036. On December 20, 2019, 
upon approval by the Company’s stockholders, the Company increased the number of shares authorized for issuance to 
732,036. If any award under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan or 2015 Plan expires, is cancelled, terminates unexercised or is 
forfeited, those shares become again available for grant under the 2015 Plan. The 2015 Plan will terminate ten years after 
its effective date, in October 2025, but is subject to earlier termination as provided in the 2015 Plan. As of April 30, 2020, 
the Company has 168,808 shares available for future issuance under the 2015 Plan. 

On  January  18,  2018,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  adopted  the  Company’s  Employment  Inducement 
Incentive Award Plan (the “2018 Inducement Plan”) pursuant to which the Company reserved 25,000 shares of common 
stock for issuance under the Inducement Plan. In accordance with Rule 5635(c)(4) and Rule 5635(c)(3) of the Nasdaq 
Listing  Rules,  awards  under  the  Inducement  Plan  may  only  be  made  to  individuals  not  previously  employees  of  the 
Company  (or  following  such  individuals’  bona  fide  period  of  non-employment  with  the  Company),  as  an  inducement 
material to the individuals’ entry into employment with the Company. An award is any right to receive the Company’s 
common stock pursuant to the 2018 Inducement Plan, consisting of a performance share award, restricted stock award, a 
restricted stock unit award or a stock payment award. As of April 30, 2020, there were 11,487 shares available for grant 
under the 2018 Inducement Plan. 

Stock Options 

The Company estimates the fair value of each stock option award granted with service-based vesting requirements, 
using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model,  assuming  no  dividends,  and  using  the  weighted  average  valuation 
assumptions noted in the following table. The risk-free rate is based on the US Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of 
grant.  The  expected  life  (estimated  period  of  time  outstanding)  of  the  stock  options  granted  was  estimated  using  the 
“simplified”  method  as  permitted  by  the  SEC’s  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  No.  110,  Share-Based  Payment.  Expected 
volatility was based on the Company’s historical volatility over the expected life of the stock option granted. There were 
411,666 and 49,750 shares granted for the periods ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

F-20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Twelve months ended April 30, 

2020 

2019 

1.7 %    
Risk-free interest rate ........................................................     
0.0 %    
Expected dividend yield ....................................................     
Expected life (in years) ......................................................     
5.5- 5.7       
Expected volatility .............................................................     127.6% -  128.2 %    

2.7 % 
0.0 % 
5.5   
126.4 % 

The above assumptions were used to determine the weighted average per share fair value of $0.92 and $7.15 for 

stock options granted during the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Performance Stock Options 

In January of 2020, the Company issued 81,334 performance-based stock options to two of its executives. The 
awards vest over 2 years if there is positive total shareholder return (e.g. share price increase) as measured to the 5-day 
(January  11-15,  2021)  and  (January  10-14,  2022)  share  price  volume  weighted  average  price  (“VWAP”).  There  were 
81,334 shares unvested and outstanding for the year ended April 30, 2020. The Company determined these awards contain 
a  market-  based  condition  and  estimated  the  fair  value  using  the  Monte  Carlo  simulation  model  with  the  following 
assumptions: 

Risk-free interest rate .......................................................      
Expected dividend yield ...................................................      
Expected life (in years) ....................................................      
Expected volatility ...........................................................      

2.3 % 
0.0 % 

10.0   
115.0 % 

The above assumptions were used to determine the weighted average per share fair value of $0.82 for stock options 

granted during the year ended April 30, 2020. 

A summary of stock options under our stock incentive plans is detailed in the following table. 

Shares 

      Underlying 

Options 

      Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

      Weighted 
Average 

      Remaining 
      Contractual 

Term 
(In Years) 

Outstanding as of April 30, 2019 ..................................         
Granted .........................................................................         
Exercised ......................................................................         
Cancelled/forfeited .......................................................         
Outstanding as of April 30, 2020 ..................................         
Exercisable as of April 30, 2020 ...................................         

65,572      $ 
493,000      $ 
-      $ 
(3,097 )    $ 
555,475      $ 
62,475      $ 

21.08        
1.05        
-        
44.32        
3.19        
20.09        

8.9   

9.5   
7.9   

As of April 30, 2020, the total intrinsic value of both outstanding and exercisable options was zero. As of April 
30, 2020, approximately 493,000 options were unvested, which had no intrinsic value and a weighted average remaining 
contractual term of 9.7 years. There was approximately $0.3 million and $0.2 million of total recognized compensation 
cost related to stock options during each of the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of April 30, 2020, 
there was approximately $0.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options granted 
under the plans. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.0 years. The Company typically 
issues newly authorized but unissued shares to satisfy option exercises under these plans. 

Restricted Stock 

Compensation expense for unvested restricted stock is generally recorded based on its market value on the date 
of grant and recognized ratably over the associated service and performance period. During the year ended April 30, 2020, 
the Company granted 13,513 shares subject to service-based vesting requirements. 

F-21 

  
  
  
  
     
  
  
    
     
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
  
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
A summary of unvested restricted stock under our stock incentive plans is as follows: 

     Weighted 

Average Price 
per 
Share 

Number 
of Shares 

Issued and unvested at April 30, 2019 .............................       
Granted ............................................................................       
Vested ..............................................................................       
Cancelled/forfeited ..........................................................       
Issued and unvested at April 30, 2020 .............................       

4,506     $ 
13,513     $ 
(4,380)    $ 
(126)    $ 
13,513     $ 

30.08  
1.48  
30.14  
28.00  
1.48  

There was approximately $15,000 and $0.1 million of total recognized compensation cost related to restricted 
stock for the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of April 30, 2020, there is $10,000 of unrecognized 
compensation  cost  remaining  related  to  unvested  restricted  stock  granted  under  our  plans.  This  cost  is  expected  to  be 
recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.6 years. 

During  the  year  ended  April  30,  2020,  the  Company  granted  51,547  shares,  subject  to  service-based  vesting 
requirements,  to  an  employee  that  were  granted  outside  the  Company  stock  incentive  plans.  There  was  approximately 
$20,000 of total recognized compensation cost, and $30,000 of unrecognized compensation cost, related to this award for 
the year ended April 30, 2020. This unrecognized cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.6 
years. 

(13) Fair Value Measurements 

The Company measures and reports certain financial and non-financial assets and liabilities on a fair value basis. 
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between 
market  participants  at  the  measurement  date  (exit  price).  GAAP  specifies  a  three-level  hierarchy  that  is  used  when 
measuring and disclosing fair value. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices available in active 
markets  (i.e.,  observable  inputs)  and  the  lowest  priority  to  data  lacking  transparency  (i.e.,  unobservable  inputs).  An 
instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of significant input to its valuation. 
The following is a description of the three hierarchy levels. 

Level 1     Unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  that  are  accessible  at  the  measurement  date  for 
identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities. Active markets are considered to be those in which 
transactions  for  the  assets  or  liabilities  occur  in  sufficient  frequency  and  volume  to  provide 
pricing information on an ongoing basis. 

Level 2     Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or 
indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. This category includes quoted 
prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar 
assets or liabilities in inactive markets. 

Level 3     Unobservable  inputs  are  not  corroborated  by  market  data.  This  category  is  comprised  of 
financial and non-financial assets and liabilities whose fair value is estimated based on internally 
developed  models  or  methodologies  using  significant  inputs  that  are  generally  less  readily 
observable from objective sources. 

Transfers into or out of any hierarchy level are recognized at the end of the reporting period in which the transfers 

occurred. There were no transfers between any levels during the year ended April 30, 2020 and 2018. 

The following information is provided to help readers gain an understanding of the relationship between amounts 
reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and the related market or fair value. The disclosures include 
financial instruments and derivative financial instruments, other than investment in affiliates. 

Following are descriptions of the valuation methodologies used to measure material assets and liabilities at fair 

value and details of the valuation models, key inputs to those models and significant assumptions utilized. 

F-22 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
     
       
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Warrant Liabilities 

The  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  warrant  liabilities  (refer  to  Note  8)  recorded  in  the  Company’s  financial 
statements is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the quoted price of the Company’s common 
stock in an active market, volatility and expected life, is a Level 3 measurement. Volatility is based on the actual market 
activity of the Company’s stock. The expected life is based on the remaining contractual term of the warrants and the risk-
free  interest  rate  is  based  on  the  implied  yield  available  on  U.S.  Treasury  Securities  with  a  maturity  equivalent  to  the 
warrants’ expected life. 

The following table presents financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of April 

30, 2020: 

Total 
Carrying 
Value in 
Consolidated 
Balance Sheet     

Quoted prices 
in active 
markets for 
identical 
assets or 
liabilities 
(Level 1)  

Significant 
other 
observable 
inputs 
(Level 2)  

Significant 
unobservable 
inputs 
(Level 3) 

(in thousands) 

Warrant liabilities ...............................................    $ 

-     $ 

-     $ 

-     $ 

-   

The following table presents financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of April 

30, 2019: 

Total 
Carrying 
Value in 
Consolidated 
Balance Sheet     

Quoted prices 
in active 
markets for 
identical 
assets or 
liabilities 
(Level 1)  

Significant 
other 
observable 
inputs (Level 
2) 

Significant 
unobservable 
inputs 
(Level 3) 

(in thousands) 

Warrant liabilities ...............................................    $ 

6     $ 

-     $ 

-     $ 

6   

The following table provides a summary of changes in the fair value of the warrant liabilities during the year 

ended April 30, 2020; 

Total Warrant 
Liability 
(in thousands)    

Fair value – April 30, 2018 ................................................................................     $ 
Change in fair value ..........................................................................................       
Fair value – April 30, 2019 ................................................................................       

Change in fair value ..........................................................................................       
Fair value – April 30, 2020 ................................................................................     $ 

201   
(195 ) 
6   

(6 ) 
-   

(14) Income Taxes 

Loss before income taxes for the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following components: 

   April 30, 2020      April 30, 2019   
(in thousands) 

Domestic .............................................................................     $ 
Foreign ...............................................................................       
Total loss before income taxes .......................................     $ 

(10,985 )    $ 
(262 )      
(11,247 )    $ 

(12,860 ) 
(236 ) 
(13,096 ) 

F-23 

 
 
 
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
      
      
    
  
  
 
 
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
      
      
    
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
 
 
The income tax benefit for the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019 consist of state income tax benefits of $0.9 

million in each year from the sale of New Jersey net operating losses and research and development credits. 

Tax Rate Reconciliation 

The effective income tax rate differed from the percentages computed by applying the US federal income tax rate 

for the periods ended April 30, 2020 and 2019 to loss before income taxes as a result of the following: 

   April 30, 2020 

      April 30, 2019 

Computed expected tax (benefit) ..............................................................       
Increase(reduction) in income taxes resulting from: 

State income taxes, net of federal (benefit) ...........................................       
Federal research and development tax credits ......................................       
Foreign rate differential ........................................................................       
Other non-deductible expenses .............................................................       
Proceeds of sale of New Jersey tax (benefits) .......................................       
Other .....................................................................................................       
Increase in valuation allowance ............................................................       
Income tax (benefit) ..............................................................................       

Significant Components of Deferred Taxes 

(21.0 )%      

(21.0 )% 

2.9 %      
(0.5 )%      
5.2 %      
0.0 %      
(8.0 )%      
5.2 %      
8.3 %      
(7.9 )%      

0.8 % 
(1.5 )% 
0.2 % 
0.1 % 
(6.5 )% 
0.6 % 
20.8 % 
(6.5 )% 

The tax effects of temporary differences and carry forwards that give rise to the Company’s deferred tax assets 

and deferred tax liabilities are presented below. 

   April 30, 2020 

      April 30, 2019 

(in thousands) 

Deferred tax assets: 

Federal net operating loss carryforwards ...............................................     $ 
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards ...............................................       
State operating loss carryforwards .........................................................       
Federal and New Jersey research and development tax credits .............       
Stock compensation ...............................................................................       
Accrued expenses ..................................................................................       
Other ......................................................................................................       
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance ...............................       
Valuation allowance ..............................................................................       
Deferred tax assets .................................................................................       

33,740      $ 
3,307        
1,598        
3,076        
311        
131        
595        
42,758        
(42,431 )      
327        

Deferred tax liability: 

Lease liability.........................................................................................       
Net deferred tax assets .......................................................................     $ 

327        
-      $ 

32,025   
3,641   
1,653   
3,315   
486   
145   
443   
41,708   
(41,708 ) 
-   

-   
-   

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that 
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent 
upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences and carry forwards 
become deductible or are utilized. As of April 30, 2020 and 2019, based upon the level of historical taxable losses, valuation 
allowances of $42.4 million and $41.7 million, respectively, were recorded to fully offset deferred tax assets. The valuation 
allowance increased $0.7 million during the year ended April 30, 2020 and decreased $2.5 million during the year ended 
2019 respectively. 

F-24 

 
 
 
  
  
  
     
  
     
    
     
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
  
     
         
    
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
 
 
 
As  of April  30,  2020,  the  Company  had net  operating  loss  carry  forwards  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  of 
approximately  $160.7  million,  which  begin  to  expire  in  fiscal  2021;  $22.6  million  of  the  federal  carryforward  has  no 
expiration, but the deductibility of such federal net operating losses may be limited to 80% of our taxable income in future 
years. The Company also had federal research and development tax credit carry forwards of approximately $3.0 million as 
of April 30, 2020, which begins to expire in 2021. The Tax Reform Act of 1986 contains provisions that limit the utilization 
of net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards if there has been an ownership change, as defined. The Company has 
determined  that  such  an  ownership  change,  as  described  in  Section  382  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  occurred  in 
conjunction with the Company’s U.S. initial public offering in April 2007. The Company’s annual Section 382 limitation 
is  approximately  $3.3  million.  The  Section  382  limitation  is  cumulative  from  year  to  year,  and  thus,  to  the  extent  net 
operating  loss  or  other  credit  carry  forwards  are  not  utilized  up  to  the  amount  of  the  available  annual  limitation,  the 
limitation is carried forward and added to the following year’s available limitation. Such limitation only applies to net 
operating losses incurred in periods prior to the ownership change. The Company has not performed additional analysis on 
ownership changes that may have occurred subsequently to further limit the ability to utilize net tax attributes. As of April 
30, 2020, the Company had state net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $22.5 million which begin to expire 
in 2039, which also may be limited to utilization limitations. As of April 30, 2020, the Company had foreign net operating 
loss carry forwards of approximately $16.3 million. The ability to utilize these carry forwards may also be limited in the 
event of a significant change to ownership. 

New Jersey Net Operating Loss 

During the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, the Company sold New Jersey State net operating losses and 
research and development credits in the amount of $10.0 million and $9.1 million, respectively, resulting in the recognition 
of income tax benefits of $0.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively, recorded in the Company’s Statement of Operations. 

Uncertain Tax Positions 

The Company applies the guidance issued by the FASB for the accounting and reporting of uncertain tax positions. 
The guidance requires the Company to recognize in its consolidated financial statements the impact of a tax position if that 
position  is  more  likely  than  not  to  be  sustained  upon  examination,  based  on  the  technical  merits  of  the  position.  The 
Company is currently undergoing an income tax audit in Spain for the period from 2011 to 2014, when the Company’s 
Spanish  branch  was  closed  (see  Note  15  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements).  At  April  30,  2020  and  2019,  the 
Company had no other unrecognized tax positions. The Company does not expect any material increase or decrease in its 
income tax expense in the next twelve months, related to examinations or uncertain tax positions. U.S. federal and state 
income  tax  returns  were  audited  through  fiscal  2014  and  fiscal  2010  respectively.  Net  operating  loss  and  credit  carry 
forwards since inception remain open to examination by taxing authorities and will continue to remain open for a period 
of time after utilization. 

The Company does not have any interest or penalties accrued related to uncertain tax positions as it does not have 

any unrecognized tax benefits. 

(15) Commitments and Contingencies 

Employment Litigation 

On June 10, 2014, the Company announced that it had terminated Charles Dunleavy as its Chief Executive Officer 
and as an employee of the Company for cause, effective June 9, 2014, and that Mr. Dunleavy had also been removed from 
his position as Chairman of the Board of Directors. On June 17, 2014, Mr. Dunleavy wrote to the Company stating that he 
had retained counsel to represent him in connection with an alleged wrongful termination of his employment. On July 28, 
2014,  Mr.  Dunleavy  resigned  from  the  Board  and  the  boards  of  directors  of  the  Company’s  subsidiaries.  In  2014,  the 
Company  and  Mr.  Dunleavy  entered  into  a  tolling  agreement  with  respect  to  his  alleged  employment  claims  pending 
resolution  of  a  securities  class  action  and  shareholder  derivative  litigation.  The  securities  class  action  was  resolved  in 
November 2017 and the derivatives litigation was resolved in June 2018. 

F-25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On August 28, 2018, counsel for Mr. Dunleavy filed a demand for arbitration, captioned Charles F. Dunleavy v. 
Ocean Power Technologies, Inc., Case No. 01-18-0003-2374, before the American Arbitration Association in New Jersey. 
The demand names Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. as the respondent and alleges various claims and seeks declaratory 
relief and permanent injunction. The demand seeks damages in the amount of $5 million for compensatory and punitive 
damages, plus interest and attorneys’ fees as well as certain equitable relief. On November 8, 2018, the Company through 
counsel responded to the demand for arbitration, denied all allegations, and asserted various affirmative defenses. On April 
5, 2019, a three-person arbitration panel scheduled the discovery process to run from April 12, 2019 until November 9, 
2019, set a pre-hearing case management conference for October 14, 2019, and set the hearing for December 9-13, 2019. 
On  September  30,  2019,  the  parties  completed  the  factual  discovery  process  and  the  Company  identified  its  expert 
witnesses. On October 14, 2019, the parties participated in a pre-hearing case management conference with arbitration 
panel and altered slightly the dates for the hearing. The hearing was conducted between December 9-11, 2019, and between 
December 16-18, 2019, and on December 18, 2019 the panel decided to continue the hearing for at least another day of 
testimony.  The  final  day  of  hearing  has  now  been  scheduled  for  July  15,  2020,  and  the  hearing  will  be  conducted  in 
Princeton, New Jersey. As of April 30, 2020, the Company has not accrued any provision related to this matter since it is 
not probable and cannot reasonably estimate the loss contingency. 

NASDAQ Delisting Notification 

On  March 3, 2020,  the  Company received a notification  from  the  NASDAQ  Stock  Market  (the  “NASDAQ”) 
indicating that the minimum bid price of the Company’s common stock has been below $1.00 per share for 30 consecutive 
business days and as a result, the Company is not in compliance with the minimum bid price requirement for continued 
listing. The NASDAQ notice has no immediate effect on the listing or trading of the Company’s common stock. Under the 
NASDAQ Listing Rules, the Company has a grace period of 180 calendar days, or until August 31, 2020, in which to 
regain compliance with the minimum bid price rule. To regain compliance, the closing bid price of the Company’s common 
stock must meet or exceed $1.00 per share for a minimum of ten consecutive business days during this grace period. On 
April 20, 2020, the Company received a written notice from NASDAQ indicating that, as a result of the tolling of the bid 
price requirements due to COVID-19, the period within which the Company has to regain compliance was extended from 
August 31, 2020 to November 13, 2020. 

Spain Income Tax Audit 

The Company is currently undergoing an income tax audit in Spain for the period from 2011 to 2014, the Spanish 
tax inspector has raised questions with respect to the Company’s recognition of funds received during this time period from 
a governmental grant from the European Commission in connection with the Waveport project. It is anticipated that the 
Company will be assessed a penalty relating to these tax years. The Company has estimated this penalty to be $177,000 
and as of April 30, 2020 and 2019 has recorded the penalty in Accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

(16) Operating Segments and Geographic Information 

The  Company’s  business  consists  of  one  segment  as  this  represents  management’s  view  of  the  Company’s 
operations. The Company operates on a worldwide basis with one operating company in the US and operating subsidiaries 
in the UK and in Australia. Revenues and expenses are generally attributed to the operating unit that bills the customers. 
Geographic information is as follows: 

   North America      

Year Ended April 30, 2020 
Asia and 
Australia 

Europe 

(in thousands) 

Total 

Revenues from external customers ..............     $ 
Operating loss ..............................................       
Long-lived assets .........................................       
Total assets ..................................................       

1,682      $ 
(11,110 )      
499        
13,251        

-      $ 
(234 )      
-        
36        

-      $ 
(21 )      
-        
251        

1,682   
(11,365 ) 
499   
13,538   

F-26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
       
       
  
 
 
 
   North America      

Year Ended April 30, 2019 
Asia and 
Australia 

Europe 

(in thousands) 

Total 

Revenues from external customers ..............     $ 
Operating loss ..............................................       
Long-lived assets .........................................       
Total assets ..................................................       

632      $ 
(13,045 )      
592        
18,028        

-      $ 
(204 )      
-        
49        

-      $ 
(22 )      
-        
289        

632   
(13,271 ) 
592   
18,366   

(17) Subsequent Event 

As  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  the  U.S.  Government  passed  the  CARES  Act.  On  May  3,  2020,  the 
Company signed a PPP loan with Santander as the lender for $890,347 in support through the Small Business Association 
(“SBA”) under the PPP Loan. The PPP Loan will be unsecured and evidenced by a note in favor of Santander as the lender 
(the “Note”) and governed by a Loan Agreement with Santander (the “Loan Agreement”). The Company received the 
proceeds on May 5, 2020. The SBA allows loan forgiveness for costs incurred and paid for a) payroll costs, b) interest on 
any real or personal property mortgage incurred prior to February 15, 2020, c) rent on any lease in force prior to February 
15, 2020, and d) utility payments for which service began before February 15, 2020 

F-27 

  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
       
       
  
 
 
 
 
Subsidiary 

Ocean Power Technologies Ltd 
Ocean Power Technologies (Australasia) Pty Ltd 
Reedsport OPT Wave Park LLC 
Oregon Wave Energy Partners I, LLC 
Victorian Wave Partners Pty Ltd 

EXHIBIT 21.1 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation 

United Kingdom 
Australia 
Oregon 
Delaware 
Australia 

 
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

EXHIBIT 23.1 

The Board of Directors 
Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-217209, No. 333-213519, 
No.  333-226820,  No.  333-230199,  No.  333-234320,  No.  333-235995  and  No.  333-239130)  on  Form  S-1,  registration 
statements (No. 333-208522, No. 333-214316, No. 333-224436 and No. 333-232755) on Form S-8, and the registration 
statement  (No.  333-221867)  on  Form  S-3  of  Ocean  Power  Technologies,  Inc.  of  our  report  dated  June  29,  2020,  with 
respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries as of April 30, 2020 and 
2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the 
years then ended, and the related notes, which report appears in the April 30, 2020 annual report on Form 10-K of Ocean 
Power Technologies, Inc. 

Our  report  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements  also  refers  to  the  Company’s  adoption  of  Accounting 

Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), and the related amendments. 

Our  report  dated  June  29,  2020  contains  an  explanatory  paragraph  that  states  that  the  Company  has  suffered 
recurring losses from operations and has an accumulated deficit that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as 
a going concern, as discussed in Note 1(b) to the consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial statements 
do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of that uncertainty. 

/s/ KPMG LLP  

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania  
June 29, 2020 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
I, George H. Kirby III, certify that: 

CERTIFICATIONS 

EXHIBIT 31.1 

1. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant 
and have: 

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to 
be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including 
its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the 
period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability 
of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation of  financial  statements  for  external purposes  in  accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this 
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of 
the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that 
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case 
of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the 
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying officer  and  I have disclosed, based on our  most recent  evaluation of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the 
registrant’s board of directors (or other persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 
financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record, 
process, summarize and report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant 

role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

/s/ George H. Kirby III 
George H. Kirby III 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Dated: June 29, 2020 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
I, Matthew T. Shafer, certify that: 

CERTIFICATIONS 

EXHIBIT 31.2 

1. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant 
and have: 

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to 
be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including 
its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the 
period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability 
of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation of  financial  statements  for  external purposes  in  accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this 
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of 
the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that 
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case 
of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the 
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying officer  and  I have disclosed,  based on our  most  recent  evaluation of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the 
registrant’s board of directors (or other persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 
financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record, 
process, summarize and report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant 

role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

/s/ Matthew T. Shafer 
Matthew T. Shafer 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

Dated: June 29, 2020 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION 
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

EXHIBIT 32.1 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) for the 
year ended April 30, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the 
undersigned, George H. Kirby III, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 
1350, that: 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 

Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition 

and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ George H. Kirby III 
George H. Kirby III 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Date: June 29, 2020 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been 
provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission 
or its staff upon request. 

CERTIFICATION 
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

EXHIBIT 32.2 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) for the 
year ended April 30, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the 
undersigned, Matthew T. Shafer, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 
1350, that: 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 

Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition 

and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Matthew T. Shafer 
Matthew T. Shafer 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

Date: June 29, 2020 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been 
provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission 
or its staff upon request. 

OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Directors

Executive Officers

Registrar

George H. Kirby III
President, Chief Executive Officer and 
Director

Matthew T. Shafer
Chief Financial Officer, Vice President 
of Finance and Treasurer  

John W. Lawrence
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
462 South 4th Street 
Suite 1600 
Louisville, KY 40202
US & Canada: 800-662-7232 
International: 781-575-4238
www.computershare.com

Legal Advisor

Porter Hedges LLP 
1000 Main Street, 36th Floor 
Houston, TX 77002

Bankers

Santander Bank 
3 Terry Drive 
Newtown, PA 18974 
USA 

Terence J. Cryan
Independent Director and Chairman of  
Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.,  
Co-Founder, Concert Energy Partners, LLC 

Dean J. Glover 
Independent Director and Vice Chairman 
of Ocean Power Technologies, Inc., Chief 
Executive Officer of Teckniks Tool Group

George H. Kirby III
President, Chief Executive Officer and 
Director

Steven M. Fludder
Independent Director, Chief Executive Officer 
of NEC Energy Solutions

Kristine S. Moore
Independent Director, former Royal Dutch 
Shell Executive

Robert K. Winters
Independent Director, Senior Managing 
Director of Alpha IR Group

Independent Registered 
Public Accounting Firm

EisnerAmper LLP
111 Wood Avenue South 
Iselin, NJ 08830-2700 
USA

Share Price Information

The Company’s share price is quoted on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol OPTT. Go to www.nasdaq.com to access 
the Company’s share price information. In addition, the share price and other publicly released information are available at OPT’s 
website under the Investor Relations tab. 

Contact Us 

Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.
28 Engelhard Drive 
Suite B
Monroe Township, NJ 08831
USA

Website Address: www.oceanpowertechnologies.com